]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
Merge pull request #17583 from systemd/oomd-and-user-slices
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 247 in spe:
4
5 * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILITY: Linux 4.12 introduced two new uevents
6 "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel
7 change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle
8 and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new
9 uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices
10 needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a
11 number of issues which we so far didn't address. We hoped the kernel
12 maintainers would themselves address these issues in some form, but
13 that did not happen. To handle them properly, many (if not most) udev
14 rules files shipped in various packages need updating, and so do many
15 programs that monitor or enumerate devices with libudev or sd-device,
16 or otherwise process uevents. Please note that this incompatibility
17 is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused by an incompatible kernel
18 change that happened back in Linux 4.12, but is becoming more and
19 more visible as the new uevents are generated by more kernel drivers.
20
21 To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid
22 them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags"
23 concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during
24 enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now
25 "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not
26 be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed
27 (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring
28 devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents
29 where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops
30 being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new
31 "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept
32 tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example
33 udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a
34 device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are
35 forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed.
36
37 With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary
38 to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent
39 uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those
40 originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same
41 device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS
42 has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but
43 only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database
44 update. Similarly, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with
45 new functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the
46 existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones.
47
48 To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.12 and newer it is
49 essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to
50 handle the new events. Specifically:
51
52 • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to
53 ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use
54 ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the
55 properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or
56 "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device
57 types — those for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently
58 generated, for all other device types this change is still
59 recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for
60 future kernel uevent type additions).
61
62 • Similarly, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch
63 discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other
64 uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add"
65 or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked
66 to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering
67 devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which
68 invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices
69 should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually
70 this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise
71 effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be
72 considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors
73 accessing the device should then be handled gracefully.
74
75 • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is
76 relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new
77 udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag()
78 in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set at the
79 moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing
80 udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on
81 the device, following the API concept redefinition explained
82 above).
83
84 We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update
85 packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that
86 this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel
87 behaviour change.
88
89 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now defaults to on if
90 RootImage= and RootDirectory= are used, which means that with those
91 two settings /proc/, /sys/ and /dev/ are automatically properly set
92 up for services. Previous behaviour may be restored by explicitly
93 setting MountAPIVFS=off.
94
95 * Since PAM 1.2.0 (2015) configuration snippets may be placed in
96 /usr/lib/pam.d/ in addition to /etc/pam.d/. If a file exists in the
97 latter it takes precedence over the former, similar to how most of
98 systemd's own configuration is handled. Given that PAM stack
99 definitions are primarily put together by OS vendors/distributions
100 (though possibly overridden by users), this systemd release moves its
101 own PAM stack configuration for the "systemd-user" PAM service (i.e.
102 for the PAM session invoked by the per-user user@.service instance)
103 from /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/. We recommend moving all
104 packages' vendor versions of their PAM stack definitions from
105 /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/, but if such OS-wide migration is not
106 desired the location to which systemd installs its PAM stack
107 configuration may be changed via the -Dpamconfdir Meson option.
108
109 * The runtime dependencies on libqrencode, libpcre2, libidn/libidn2,
110 libpwquality and libcryptsetup have been changed to be based on
111 dlopen(): instead of regular dynamic library dependencies declared in
112 the binary ELF headers, these libraries are now loaded on demand
113 only, if they are available. If the libraries cannot be found the
114 relevant operations will fail gracefully, or a suitable fallback
115 logic is chosen. This is supposed to be useful for general purpose
116 distributions, as it allows minimizing the list of dependencies the
117 systemd packages pull in, permitting building of more minimal OS
118 images, while still making use of these "weak" dependencies should
119 they be installed. Since many package managers automatically
120 synthesize package dependencies from ELF shared library dependencies,
121 some additional manual packaging work has to be done now to replace
122 those (slightly downgraded from "required" to "recommended" or
123 whatever is conceptually suitable for the package manager). Note that
124 this change does not alter build-time behaviour: as before the
125 build-time dependencies have to be installed during build, even if
126 they now are optional during runtime.
127
128 * sd-event.h gained a new call sd_event_add_time_relative() for
129 installing timers relative to the current time. This is mostly a
130 convenience wrapper around the pre-existing sd_event_add_time() call
131 which installs absolute timers.
132
133 * sd-event event sources may now be placed in a new "exit-on-failure"
134 mode, which may be controlled via the new
135 sd_event_source_get_exit_on_failure() and
136 sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure() functions. If enabled, any
137 failure returned by the event source handler functions will result in
138 exiting the event loop (unlike the default behaviour of just
139 disabling the event source but continuing with the event loop). This
140 feature is useful to set for all event sources that define "primary"
141 program behaviour (where failure should be fatal) in contrast to
142 "auxiliary" behaviour (where failure should remain local).
143
144 * Most event source types sd-event supports now accept a NULL handler
145 function, in which case the event loop is exited once the event
146 source is to be dispatched, using the userdata pointer — converted to
147 a signed integer — as exit code of the event loop. Previously this
148 was supported for IO and signal event sources already. Exit event
149 sources still do not support this (simply because it makes little
150 sense there, as the event loop is already exiting when they are
151 dispatched).
152
153 * A new per-unit setting RootImageOptions= has been added which allows
154 tweaking the mount options for any file system mounted as effect of
155 the RootImage= setting.
156
157 * Another new per-unit setting MountImages= has been added, that allows
158 mounting additional disk images into the file system tree accessible
159 to the service.
160
161 * Timer units gained a new FixedRandomDelay= boolean setting. If
162 enabled, the random delay configured with RandomizedDelaySec= is
163 selected in a way that is stable on a given system (though still
164 different for different units).
165
166 * Socket units gained a new setting Timestamping= that takes "us", "ns"
167 or "off". This controls the SO_TIMESTAMP/SO_TIMESTAMPNS socket
168 options.
169
170 * systemd-repart now generates JSON output when requested with the new
171 --json= switch.
172
173 * systemd-machined's OpenMachineShell() bus call will now pass
174 additional policy metadata data fields to the PolicyKit
175 authentication request.
176
177 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new -E switch, which is equivalent to
178 --exclude-prefix=/dev --exclude-prefix=/proc --exclude=/run
179 --exclude=/sys. It's particularly useful in combination with --root=,
180 when operating on OS trees that do not have any of these four runtime
181 directories mounted, as this means no files below these subtrees are
182 created or modified, since those mount points should probably remain
183 empty.
184
185 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --image= switch which is like --root=,
186 but takes a disk image instead of a directory as argument. The
187 specified disk image is mounted inside a temporary mount namespace
188 and the tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins stored in the image are executed and
189 applied to the image. systemd-sysusers similarly gained a new
190 --image= switch, that allows the sysusers.d/ drop-ins stored in the
191 image to be applied onto the image.
192
193 * Similarly, the journalctl command also gained an --image= switch,
194 which is a quick one-step solution to look at the log data included
195 in OS disk images.
196
197 * journalctl's --output=cat option (which outputs the log content
198 without any metadata, just the pure text messages) will now make use
199 of terminal colors when run on a suitable terminal, similarly to the
200 other output modes.
201
202 * JSON group records now support a "description" string that may be
203 used to add a human-readable textual description to such groups. This
204 is supposed to match the user's GECOS field which traditionally
205 didn't have a counterpart for group records.
206
207 * The "systemd-dissect" tool that may be used to inspect OS disk images
208 and that was previously installed to /usr/lib/systemd/ has now been
209 moved to /usr/bin/, reflecting its updated status of an officially
210 supported tool with a stable interface. It gained support for a new
211 --mkdir switch which when combined with --mount has the effect of
212 creating the directory to mount the image to if it is missing
213 first. It also gained two new commands --copy-from and --copy-to for
214 copying files and directories in and out of an OS image without the
215 need to manually mount it. It also acquired support for a new option
216 --json= to generate JSON output when inspecting an OS image.
217
218 * The cgroup2 file system is now mounted with the
219 "memory_recursiveprot" mount option, supported since kernel 5.7. This
220 means that the MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= unit file settings now apply
221 recursively to whole subtrees.
222
223 * systemd-homed now defaults to using the btrfs file system — if
224 available — when creating home directories in LUKS volumes. This may
225 be changed with the DefaultFileSystemType= setting in homed.conf.
226 It's now the default file system in various major distributions and
227 has the major benefit for homed that it can be grown and shrunk while
228 mounted, unlike the other contenders ext4 and xfs, which can both be
229 grown online, but not shrunk (in fact xfs is the technically most
230 limited option here, as it cannot be shrunk at all).
231
232 * JSON user records managed by systemd-homed gained support for
233 "recovery keys". These are basically secondary passphrases that can
234 unlock user accounts/home directories. They are computer-generated
235 rather than user-chosen, and typically have greater entropy.
236 homectl's --recovery-key= option may be used to add a recovery key to
237 a user account. The generated recovery key is displayed as a QR code,
238 so that it can be scanned to be kept in a safe place. This feature is
239 particularly useful in combination with systemd-homed's support for
240 FIDO2 or PKCS#11 authentication, as a secure fallback in case the
241 security tokens are lost. Recovery keys may be entered wherever the
242 system asks for a password.
243
244 * systemd-homed now maintains a "dirty" flag for each LUKS encrypted
245 home directory which indicates that a home directory has not been
246 deactivated cleanly when offline. This flag is useful to identify
247 home directories for which the offline discard logic did not run when
248 offlining, and where it would be a good idea to log in again to catch
249 up.
250
251 * systemctl gained a new parameter --timestamp= which may be used to
252 change the style in which timestamps are output, i.e. whether to show
253 them in local timezone or UTC, or whether to show µs granularity.
254
255 * Alibaba's "pouch" container manager is now detected by
256 systemd-detect-virt, ConditionVirtualization= and similar
257 constructs. Similar, they now also recognize IBM PowerVM machine
258 virtualization.
259
260 * systemd-nspawn has been reworked to use the /run/host/incoming/ as
261 place to use for propagating external mounts into the
262 container. Similarly /run/host/notify is now used as the socket path
263 for container payloads to communicate with the container manager
264 using sd_notify(). The container manager now uses the
265 /run/host/inaccessible/ directory to place "inaccessible" file nodes
266 of all relevant types which may be used by the container payload as
267 bind mount source to over-mount inodes to make them inaccessible.
268 /run/host/container-manager will now be initialized with the same
269 string as the $container environment variable passed to the
270 container's PID 1. /run/host/container-uuid will be initialized with
271 the same string as $container_uuid. This means the /run/host/
272 hierarchy is now the primary way to make host resources available to
273 the container. The Container Interface documents these new files and
274 directories:
275
276 https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE
277
278 * Support for the "ConditionNull=" unit file condition has been
279 deprecated and undocumented for 6 years. systemd started to warn
280 about its use 1.5 years ago. It has now been removed entirely.
281
282 * sd-bus.h gained a new API call sd_bus_error_has_names(), which takes
283 a sd_bus_error struct and a list of error names, and checks if the
284 error matches one of these names. It's a convenience wrapper that is
285 useful in cases where multiple errors shall be handled the same way.
286
287 * A new system call filter list "@known" has been added, that contains
288 all system calls known at the time systemd was built.
289
290 * Behaviour of system call filter allow lists has changed slightly:
291 system calls that are contained in @known will result in a EPERM by
292 default, while those not contained in it result in ENOSYS. This
293 should improve compatibility because known system calls will thus be
294 communicated as prohibited, while unknown (and thus newer ones) will
295 be communicated as not implemented, which hopefully has the greatest
296 chance of triggering the right fallback code paths in client
297 applications.
298
299 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now show two separate sections
300 at the bottom of the output: system calls known during systemd build
301 time but not included in any of the filter groups shown above, and
302 system calls defined on the local kernel but known during systemd
303 build time.
304
305 * If the $SYSTEMD_LOG_SECCOMP=1 environment variable is set for
306 systemd-nspawn all system call filter violations will be logged by
307 the kernel (audit). This is useful for tracking down system calls
308 invoked by container payloads that are prohibited by the container's
309 system call filter policy.
310
311 * If the $SYSTEMD_SECCOMP=0 environment variable is set for
312 systemd-nspawn (and other programs that use seccomp) all seccomp
313 filtering is turned off.
314
315 * Two new unit file settings ProtectProc= and ProcSubset= have been
316 added that expose the hidepid= and subset= mount options of procfs.
317 All processes of the unit will only see processes in /proc that are
318 are owned by the unit's user. This is an important new sandboxing
319 option that is recommended to be set on all system services. All
320 long-running system services that are included in systemd itself set
321 this option now. This option is only supported on kernel 5.8 and
322 above, since the hidepid= option supported on older kernels was not a
323 per-mount option but actually applied to the whole PID namespace.
324
325 * Socket units gained a new boolean setting FlushPending=. If enabled
326 all pending socket data/connections are flushed whenever the socket
327 unit enters the "listening" state, i.e. after the associated service
328 exited.
329
330 * The unit file setting NUMAMask= gained a new "all" value: when used,
331 all existing NUMA nodes are added to the NUMA mask.
332
333 * A new "credentials" logic has been added to system services. This is
334 a simple mechanism to pass privileged data to services in a safe and
335 secure way. It's supposed to be used to pass per-service secret data
336 such as passwords or cryptographic keys but also associated less
337 private information such as user names, certificates, and similar to
338 system services. Each credential is identified by a short user-chosen
339 name and may contain arbitrary binary data. Two new unit file
340 settings have been added: SetCredential= and LoadCredential=. The
341 former allows setting a credential to a literal string, the latter
342 sets a credential to the contents of a file (or data read from a
343 user-chosen AF_UNIX stream socket). Credentials are passed to the
344 service via a special credentials directory, one file for each
345 credential. The path to the credentials directory is passed in a new
346 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY environment variable. Since the credentials
347 are passed in the file system they may be easily referenced in
348 ExecStart= command lines too, thus no explicit support for the
349 credentials logic in daemons is required (though ideally daemons
350 would look for the bits they need in $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY
351 themselves automatically, if set). The $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY is
352 backed by unswappable memory if privileges allow it, immutable if
353 privileges allow it, is accessible only to the service's UID, and is
354 automatically destroyed when the service stops.
355
356 * systemd-nspawn supports the same credentials logic. It can both
357 consume credentials passed to it via the aforementioned
358 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY protocol as well as pass these credentials on
359 to its payload. The service manager/PID 1 has been updated to match
360 this: it can also accept credentials from the container manager that
361 invokes it (in fact: any process that invokes it), and passes them on
362 to its services. Thus, credentials can be propagated recursively down
363 the tree: from a system's service manager to a systemd-nspawn
364 service, to the service manager that runs as container payload and to
365 the service it runs below. Credentials may also be added on the
366 systemd-nspawn command line, using new --set-credential= and
367 --load-credential= command line switches that match the
368 aforementioned service settings.
369
370 * systemd-repart gained new settings Format=, Encrypt=, CopyFiles= in
371 the partition drop-ins which may be used to format/LUKS
372 encrypt/populate any created partitions. The partitions are
373 encrypted/formatted/populated before they are registered in the
374 partition table, so that they appear atomically: either the
375 partitions do not exist yet or they exist fully encrypted, formatted,
376 and populated — there is no time window where they are
377 "half-initialized". Thus the system is robust to abrupt shutdown: if
378 the tool is terminated half-way during its operations on next boot it
379 will start from the beginning.
380
381 * systemd-repart's --size= operation gained a new "auto" value. If
382 specified, and operating on a loopback file it is automatically sized
383 to the minimal size the size constraints permit. This is useful to
384 use "systemd-repart" as an image builder for minimally sized images.
385
386 * systemd-resolved now gained a third IPC interface for requesting name
387 resolution: besides D-Bus and local DNS to 127.0.0.53 a Varlink
388 interface is now supported. The nss-resolve NSS module has been
389 modified to use this new interface instead of D-Bus. Using Varlink
390 has a major benefit over D-Bus: it works without a broker service,
391 and thus already during earliest boot, before the dbus daemon has
392 been started. This means name resolution via systemd-resolved now
393 works at the same time systemd-networkd operates: from earliest boot
394 on, including in the initrd.
395
396 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new DNSStubListenerExtra=
397 configuration file setting which may be used to specify additional IP
398 addresses the built-in DNS stub shall listen on, in addition to the
399 main one on 127.0.0.53:53.
400
401 * Name lookups issued via systemd-resolved's D-Bus and Varlink
402 interfaces (and thus also via glibc NSS if nss-resolve is used) will
403 now honour a trailing dot in the hostname: if specified the search
404 path logic is turned off. Thus "resolvectl query foo." is now
405 equivalent to "resolvectl query --search=off foo.".
406
407 * systemd-resolved gained a new D-Bus property "ResolvConfMode" that
408 exposes how /etc/resolv.conf is currently managed: by resolved (and
409 in which mode if so) or another subsystem. "resolvctl" will display
410 this property in its status output.
411
412 * The resolv.conf snippets systemd-resolved provides will now set "."
413 as the search domain if no other search domain is known. This turns
414 off the derivation of an implicit search domain by nss-dns for the
415 hostname, when the hostname is set to an FQDN. This change is done to
416 make nss-dns using resolv.conf provided by systemd-resolved behave
417 more similarly to nss-resolve.
418
419 * systemd-tmpfiles' file "aging" logic (i.e. the automatic clean-up of
420 /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ based on file timestamps) now looks at the
421 "birth" time (btime) of a file in addition to the atime, mtime, and
422 ctime.
423
424 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "capability" that lists all known
425 capabilities by the systemd build and by the kernel.
426
427 * If a file /usr/lib/clock-epoch exists, PID 1 will read its mtime and
428 advance the system clock to it at boot if it is noticed to be before
429 that time. Previously, PID 1 would only advance the time to an epoch
430 time that is set during build-time. With this new file OS builders
431 can change this epoch timestamp on individual OS images without
432 having to rebuild systemd.
433
434 * systemd-logind will now listen to the KEY_RESTART key from the Linux
435 input layer and reboot the system if it is pressed, similarly to how
436 it already handles KEY_POWER, KEY_SUSPEND or KEY_SLEEP. KEY_RESTART
437 was originally defined in the Multimedia context (to restart playback
438 of a song or film), but is now primarily used in various embedded
439 devices for "Reboot" buttons. Accordingly, systemd-logind will now
440 honour it as such. This may configured in more detail via the new
441 HandleRebootKey= and RebootKeyIgnoreInhibited=.
442
443 * systemd-nspawn/systemd-machined will now reconstruct hardlinks when
444 copying OS trees, for example in "systemd-nspawn --ephemeral",
445 "systemd-nspawn --template=", "machinectl clone" and similar. This is
446 useful when operating with OSTree images, which use hardlinks heavily
447 throughout, and where such copies previously resulting in "exploding"
448 hardlinks.
449
450 * systemd-nspawn's --console= setting gained support for a new
451 "autopipe" value, which is identical to "interactive" when invoked on
452 a TTY, and "pipe" otherwise.
453
454 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for explicitly
455 configuring the multicast membership entries of bridge devices in the
456 [BridgeMDB] section. It also gained support for the PIE queuing
457 discipline in the [FlowQueuePIE] sections.
458
459 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files may now be used to create "BareUDP"
460 tunnels, configured in the new [BareUDP] setting. VXLAN tunnels may
461 now be marked to be independent of any underlying network interface
462 via the new Independent= boolean setting.
463
464 * systemd-networkd's Gateway= setting in .network files now accepts the
465 special values _dhcp4 and _ipv6ra to configure additional, locally
466 defined, explicit routes to the gateway acquired via DHCP or IPv6
467 Router Advertisements.
468
469 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6PrefixDelegation] section and
470 IPv6PrefixDelegation= options have been renamed as [IPv6SendRA] and
471 IPv6SendRA= (the old names are still accepted for backwards
472 compatibility).
473
474 * systemctl gained support for two new verbs: "service-log-level" and
475 "service-log-target" may be used on services that implement the
476 generic org.freedesktop.LogControl1 D-Bus interface to dynamically
477 adjust the log level and target. All of systemd's long-running
478 services support this now, but ideally all system services would
479 implement this interface to make the system more uniformly
480 debuggable.
481
482 * The SystemCallErrorNumber= unit file setting now accepts the new
483 "kill" and "log" actions, in addition to arbitrary error number
484 specifications as before. If "kill" the the processes are killed on
485 the event, if "log" the offending system call is audit logged.
486
487 * A new SystemCallLog= unit file setting has been added that accepts a
488 list of system calls that shall be logged about (audit).
489
490 * The OS image dissection logic (as used by RootImage= in unit files or
491 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch) has gained support for identifying
492 and mounting explicit /usr/ partitions, which are now defined in the
493 discoverable partition specification. This should be useful for
494 environments where the root file system is
495 generated/formatted/populated dynamically on first boot and combined
496 with an immutable /usr/ tree that is supplied by the vendor.
497
498 * In the final phase of shutdown, within the systemd-shutdown binary
499 we'll now try to detach MD devices (i.e software RAID) in addition to
500 loopback block devices and DM devices as before. This is supposed to
501 be a safety net only, in order to increase robustness if things go
502 wrong. Storage subsystems are expected to properly detach their
503 storage volumes during regular shutdown already (or in case of
504 storage backing the root file system: in the initrd hook we return to
505 later).
506
507 * If the SYSTEMD_LOG_TID environment variable is set all systemd tools
508 will now log the thread ID in their log output. This is useful when
509 working with heavily threaded programs.
510
511 * If the SYSTEMD_RDRAND environment variable is set to "0", systemd will
512 not use the RDRAND CPU instruction. This is useful in environments
513 such as replay debuggers where non-deterministic behaviour is not
514 desirable.
515
516 * The autopaging logic in systemd's various tools (such as systemctl)
517 has been updated to turn on "secure" mode in "less"
518 (i.e. $LESSECURE=1) if execution in a "sudo" environment is
519 detected. This disables invoking external programs from the pager,
520 via the pipe logic. This behaviour may be overridden via the new
521 $SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE environment variable.
522
523 * Units which have resource limits (.service, .mount, .swap, .slice,
524 .socket, and .slice) gained new configuration settings
525 ManagedOOMSwap=, ManagedOOMMemoryPressure=, and
526 ManagedOOMMemoryPressureLimitPercent= that specify resource pressure
527 limits and optional action taken by systemd-oomd.
528
529 * A new service systemd-oomd has been added. It monitors resource
530 contention for selected parts of the unit hierarchy using the PSI
531 information reported by the kernel, and kills processes when memory
532 or swap pressure is above configured limits. This service is only
533 enabled by default in developer mode (see below) and should be
534 considered a preview in this release. Behaviour details and option
535 names are subject to change without the usual backwards-compatibility
536 promises.
537
538 * A new helper oomctl has been added to introspect systemd-oomd state.
539 If also is only enabled by default in developer mode and should be
540 considered a preview without the usual backwards-compatibility
541 promises.
542
543 * New meson option -Dcompat-mutable-uid-boundaries= has been added. If
544 enabled, systemd reads the system UID boundaries from /etc/login.defs
545 at runtime, instead of using the built-in values selected during
546 build. This is an option to improve compatibility for upgrades from
547 old systems. It's strongly recommended not to make use of this
548 functionality on new systems (or even enable it during build), as it
549 makes something runtime-configurable that is mostly an implementation
550 detail of the OS, and permits avoidable differences in deployments
551 that create all kinds of problems in the long run.
552
553 * New meson option '-Dmode=developer|release' has been added. When
554 'developer', additional checks and features are enabled that are
555 relevant during upstream development, e.g. verification that
556 semi-automatically-generated documentation has been properly updated
557 following API changes. Those checks are considered hints for
558 developers and are not actionable in downstream builds. In addition,
559 extra features that are not ready for general consumption may be
560 enabled in developer mode. It is thus recommended to set
561 '-Dmode=release' in end-user and distro builds.
562
563 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for processing detached LUKS
564 headers specified on the kernel command line via the header=
565 parameter of the luks.options= kernel command line option. The same
566 device/path syntax as for key files is supported for header files
567 like this.
568
569 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated to ignore ACPI _SUN
570 slot index data for devices that are connected through a PCI bridge
571 where the _SUN index is associated with the bridge instead of the
572 network device itself. Previously this would create ambiguous device
573 naming if multiple network interfaces were connected to the same PCI
574 bridge. Since this is a naming scheme incompatibility on systems that
575 possess hardware like this it has been introduced as new naming
576 scheme "v247". The previous scheme can be selected via the
577 "net.naming-scheme=v245" kernel command line parameter.
578
579 * ConditionFirstBoot= semantics have been modified to be safe towards
580 abnormal system power-off during first boot. Specifically, the
581 "systemd-machine-id-commit.service" service now acts as boot
582 milestone indicating when the first boot process is sufficiently
583 complete in order to not consider the next following boot also a
584 first boot. If the system is reset before this unit is reached the
585 first time, the next boot will still be considered a first boot; once
586 it has been reached, no further boots will be considered a first
587 boot. The "first-boot-complete.target" unit now acts as official hook
588 point to order against this. If a service shall be run on every boot
589 until the first boot fully succeeds it may thus be ordered before
590 this target unit (and pull it in) and carry ConditionFirstBoot=
591 appropriately.
592
593 * bootctl's set-default and set-oneshot commands now accept the three
594 special strings "@default", "@oneshot", "@current" in place of a boot
595 entry id. These strings are resolved to the current default and
596 oneshot boot loader entry, as well as the currently booted one. Thus
597 a command "bootctl set-default @current" may be used to make the
598 currently boot menu item the new default for all subsequent boots.
599
600 * "systemctl edit" has been updated to show the original effective unit
601 contents in commented form in the text editor.
602
603 * Units in user mode are now segregated into three new slices:
604 session.slice (units that form the core of graphical session),
605 app.slice ("normal" user applications), and background.slice
606 (low-priority tasks). Unless otherwise configured, user units are
607 placed in app.slice. The plan is to add resource limits and
608 protections for the different slices in the future.
609
610 Contributions from: Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, afg, Alec Moskvin, Alyssa
611 Ross, Amitanand Chikorde, Andrew Hangsleben, Anita Zhang, Ansgar
612 Burchardt, Arian van Putten, Aurelien Jarno, Axel Rasmussen, bauen1,
613 Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Bjørn Mork, brainrom, Chandradeep
614 Dey, Charles Lee, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Clemens Gruber, Daan
615 De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman,
616 David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Borodaenko, Elias Probst,
617 Elisei Roca, ErrantSpore, Etienne Doms, Fabrice Fontaine, fangxiuning,
618 Felix Riemann, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, fwSmit,
619 George Rawlinson, germanztz, Gibeom Gwon, Glen Whitney, Gogo Gogsi,
620 Göran Uddeborg, Grant Mathews, Hans de Goede, Hans Ulrich Niedermann,
621 Haochen Tong, Harald Seiler, huangyong, Hubert Kario, Ikey Doherty, Jan
622 Chren, Jan Schlüter, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jian-Hong Pan, Joerg Behrmann,
623 Jonathan Lebon, Josh Brobst, Juergen Hoetzel, Julien Humbert, Kai-Chuan
624 Hsieh, Kairui Song, Kamil Dudka, Kir Kolyshkin, Kristijan Gjoshev, Kyle
625 Huey, Kyle Russell, Lennart Poettering, lichangze, Luca Boccassi, Lucas
626 Werkmeister, Luca Weiss, Marc Kleine-Budde, Marco Wang, Martin Wilck,
627 Marti Raudsepp, masmullin2000, Máté Pozsgay, Matt Fenwick, Michael
628 Biebl, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal
629 Suchanek, Mikael Szreder, Milo Casagrande, mirabilos, Mitsuha_QuQ,
630 mog422, Muhammet Kara, Nazar Vinnichuk, Nicholas Narsing, Nicolas
631 Fella, Njibhu, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen, Olivier Le Moal, Ondrej Kozina,
632 onlybugreports, Pass Automated Testing Suite, Pat Coulthard, Pedro
633 Ruiz, Peter Hutterer, Phaedrus Leeds, PhoenixDiscord, Piotr Drąg, Plan
634 C, Purushottam choudhary, Rasmus Villemoes, Renaud Métrich, Robert
635 Marko, Ronan Pigott, Roy Chen (陳彥廷), RussianNeuroMancer, Samanta
636 Navarro, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sorin Ionescu, Steve Dodd, Susant
637 Sahani, Timo Rothenpieler, Tobias Hunger, Tobias Kaufmann, Topi
638 Miettinen, Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wen Yang, williamvds, Yu, Li-Yu, Yuri
639 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zmicer Turok,
640 Дамјан Георгиевски
641
642 – Warsaw, 2020-11-10
643
644 CHANGES WITH 246:
645
646 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
647 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
648 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
649
650 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
651 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
652
653 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
654 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
655 based on the NUMA mask.
656
657 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
658 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
659 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
660
661 * Two new unit file settings
662 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
663 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
664 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
665 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
666
667 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
668 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
669 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
670 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
671 instance).
672
673 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
674 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
675 service's processes shall include.
676
677 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
678 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
679 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
680 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
681
682 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
683 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
684 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
685 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
686 depending on socket type.
687
688 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
689 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
690 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
691 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
692 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
693 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
694 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
695 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
696 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
697 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
698
699 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
700 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
701 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
702 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
703 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
704 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
705 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
706 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
707
708 * .service unit files gained two new options
709 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
710 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
711 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
712
713 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
714 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
715 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
716 prefix is used.
717
718 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
719 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
720 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
721 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
722 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
723 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
724 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
725 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
726 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
727 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
728 key/certificate parameters support this now.
729
730 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
731 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
732 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
733 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
734 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
735 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
736
737 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
738 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
739 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
740 finally gone now.
741
742 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
743 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
744 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
745 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
746
747 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
748 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
749 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
750 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
751 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
752 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
753 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
754 which is quite likely a major security problem.
755
756 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
757 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
758 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
759 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
760 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
761
762 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
763 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
764 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
765 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
766 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
767
768 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
769 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
770 boot.
771
772 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
773 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
774 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
775 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
776 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
777 device.
778
779 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
780 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
781 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
782
783 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
784 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
785 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
786 conditions.
787
788 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
789 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
790 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
791 in order to make test cases more reliable.
792
793 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
794 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
795 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
796 the process that faulted.
797
798 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
799 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
800 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
801
802 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
803 devices that were tested to correctly support it. Previously, this
804 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
805 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
806 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
807
808 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
809 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
810 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
811 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
812 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
813
814 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
815 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
816 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
817 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
818 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
819
820 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
821 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
822 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
823 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
824 frame ring buffer sizes.
825
826 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
827 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
828
829 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
830 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
831
832 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
833 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
834 automatically assigned to the interface.
835
836 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
837 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
838 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
839 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
840 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
841 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
842 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
843 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
844 mode for Assign=.
845
846 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
847 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
848 source addresses.
849
850 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
851 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
852 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
853 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
854 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
855 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
856 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
857 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
858 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
859 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
860
861 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
862 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
863 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
864 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
865 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
866 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
867 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
868
869 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
870 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
871 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
872 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
873 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
874 the RA packets suggest it.
875
876 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
877 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
878 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
879 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
880
881 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
882 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
883 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
884 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
885 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
886 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
887 field.
888
889 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
890 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
891 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
892 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
893 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
894 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
895
896 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
897 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
898
899 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
900 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
901 the VLAN protocol to use.
902
903 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
904 of the .network files, to control the link group.
905
906 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
907 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
908 link local address is generated.
909
910 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
911 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
912 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
913 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
914 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
915 carefully picking an interface name to use.
916
917 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
918 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
919
920 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
921 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
922
923 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
924 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
925 are still understood to provide compatibility.
926
927 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
928 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
929 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
930 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
931 interfaces up or down.
932
933 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
934 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
935 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
936 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
937 interface may be specified (after "%").
938
939 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
940 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
941 public DNS servers are not used.
942
943 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
944
945 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
946 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
947 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
948 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
949 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
950 defined by systemd-resolved).
951
952 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
953 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
954 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
955
956 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
957 --property=…".
958
959 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
960 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
961 use --plain.
962
963 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
964 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
965 being deprecated in favor of this option.
966
967 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
968 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
969 process itself.
970
971 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
972 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
973 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
974 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
975 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
976 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
977 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
978 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
979 implementations.
980
981 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
982 each log message for which an URL with further documentation is
983 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
984 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
985 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
986 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
987 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
988 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
989 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
990
991 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
992 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
993 initialization.
994
995 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
996 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
997 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
998
999 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
1000 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
1001 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
1002 without any decoration.
1003
1004 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
1005 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
1006 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
1007 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
1008 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
1009 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
1010
1011 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
1012 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
1013 coredump data from.
1014
1015 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
1016 the zstd algorithm.
1017
1018 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
1019 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
1020 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
1021 not block clean file system unmounting.
1022
1023 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
1024 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
1025 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
1026
1027 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
1028 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
1029 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
1030 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
1031
1032 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
1033 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
1034
1035 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
1036 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
1037 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
1038 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
1039 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
1040 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
1041 instead of operating on actual block devices.
1042
1043 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
1044 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
1045
1046 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
1047 instead of 0.
1048
1049 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
1050 specifier expansion.
1051
1052 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
1053 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
1054 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
1055 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
1056 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
1057
1058 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
1059 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
1060 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
1061 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
1062 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
1063
1064 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
1065 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
1066 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
1067 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
1068 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
1069 --fido2-device= option.
1070
1071 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
1072 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
1073 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
1074 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
1075 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
1076 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
1077 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
1078
1079 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
1080 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
1081 changed from ext2 to ext4.
1082
1083 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
1084 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
1085 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
1086 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
1087 before the system continues to boot.
1088
1089 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
1090 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
1091 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
1092 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
1093 instead of at installation time.
1094
1095 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
1096 volumes with automatically from files in
1097 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
1098 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
1099
1100 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
1101 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
1102
1103 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
1104 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
1105 instance.
1106
1107 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
1108 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
1109 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
1110 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
1111
1112 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
1113 to query and change the firmware's 'reboot into firmware' setup flag.
1114
1115 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
1116 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
1117 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
1118 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
1119 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
1120 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
1121 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
1122 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
1123 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
1124 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
1125 incremental).
1126
1127 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
1128 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
1129 which it then operates.
1130
1131 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
1132 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
1133 directories for various resources.
1134
1135 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
1136 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
1137 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
1138 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
1139 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
1140 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
1141 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
1142 via the new --no-block switch.
1143
1144 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
1145 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
1146 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
1147 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
1148 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
1149 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
1150 case.
1151
1152 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
1153 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
1154 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
1155 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
1156
1157 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
1158 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
1159 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
1160 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
1161 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
1162
1163 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
1164 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
1165 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
1166 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
1167 vtable is associated with.
1168
1169 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
1170 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
1171 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
1172 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
1173
1174 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
1175 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
1176 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
1177
1178 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
1179
1180 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
1181 document the methods, signals and properties.
1182
1183 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
1184 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
1185 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
1186 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
1187 desktops has been added:
1188
1189 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
1190 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
1191 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
1192
1193 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
1194 and has now moved to:
1195
1196 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
1197
1198 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
1199 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
1200 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
1201 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
1202 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
1203 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
1204 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
1205
1206 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
1207 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
1208 target of the service during runtime.
1209
1210 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
1211 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
1212 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
1213
1214 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
1215 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
1216 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
1217 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
1218 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
1219 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
1220 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
1221 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
1222 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
1223 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
1224 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
1225 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1226 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
1227 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
1228 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
1229 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
1230 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
1231 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
1232 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
1233 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
1234 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
1235 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
1236 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
1237 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
1238 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
1239 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
1240 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
1241 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
1242 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
1243 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
1244 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
1245 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
1246 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
1247 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
1248 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
1249 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
1250 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1251 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
1252
1253 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
1254
1255 CHANGES WITH 245:
1256
1257 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
1258 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
1259 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
1260 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
1261 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
1262 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
1263 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
1264 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
1265 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
1266 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
1267 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
1268 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
1269 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
1270 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
1271 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
1272 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
1273 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
1274 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
1275 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
1276 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
1277 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
1278
1279 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
1280 "systemd-userdbd.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
1281 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
1282 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
1283 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
1284 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
1285 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
1286 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
1287 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
1288 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
1289 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
1290 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
1291 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
1292 that for the first time resource management and various other
1293 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
1294 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
1295 to apply on login. For further details see:
1296
1297 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
1298 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
1299 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
1300
1301 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
1302 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
1303 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
1304 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
1305 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
1306 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
1307 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
1308 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
1309 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
1310
1311 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
1312
1313 For further details about the format and expectations on home
1314 directories this new daemon makes, see:
1315
1316 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
1317
1318 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
1319 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
1320 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
1321 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
1322 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
1323 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
1324 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
1325 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
1326 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
1327 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
1328 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
1329 usage limitations and other settings.
1330
1331 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
1332 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
1333 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
1334 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
1335 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
1336 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
1337 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
1338 resource usage.
1339
1340 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
1341 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
1342
1343 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
1344 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
1345 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
1346 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
1347 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
1348
1349 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
1350 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
1351 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
1352 itself and the default for all other processes.
1353
1354 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
1355 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
1356 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
1357 database into account.
1358
1359 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
1360 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
1361 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
1362 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
1363
1364 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
1365 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
1366 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
1367 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
1368 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
1369 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
1370 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
1371 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
1372 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
1373 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
1374
1375 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
1376 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
1377 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
1378 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
1379 event source watching it is freed).
1380
1381 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
1382 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
1383 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
1384 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
1385
1386 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
1387 (IFB) network devices.
1388
1389 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
1390 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
1391
1392 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
1393 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
1394 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
1395 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
1396 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
1397 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
1398
1399 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
1400 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
1401 with its sense inverted.
1402
1403 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
1404 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
1405 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
1406
1407 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
1408 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
1409 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
1410
1411 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
1412 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
1413 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
1414 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
1415 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
1416 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
1417 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
1418
1419 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
1420 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
1421 debugging purposes.
1422
1423 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
1424 group named differently than the user.
1425
1426 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
1427 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
1428 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
1429
1430 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
1431 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
1432 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
1433 /etc/fstab.
1434
1435 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
1436 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
1437 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
1438 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
1439
1440 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
1441 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
1442 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
1443 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
1444
1445 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
1446 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
1447 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
1448 Bernard.
1449
1450 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
1451 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
1452 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
1453 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
1454 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
1455 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
1456 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
1457 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
1458 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
1459 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
1460 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
1461
1462 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
1463 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
1464 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
1465 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
1466 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
1467 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
1468 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
1469 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
1470 command line option.
1471
1472 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
1473 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
1474
1475 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
1476 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
1477 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
1478 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
1479 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
1480 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
1481 systemd-timedated.
1482
1483 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
1484 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128bit IDs, currently mostly
1485 GPT partition table types.
1486
1487 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
1488 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
1489 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
1490
1491 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
1492
1493 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
1494 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
1495 for the respective units.
1496
1497 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
1498 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
1499 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
1500
1501 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
1502 "status" output.
1503
1504 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
1505 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
1506 disappear.
1507
1508 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
1509 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
1510 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
1511 address is used.
1512
1513 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
1514 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
1515 dropped from the individual setting names.
1516
1517 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
1518 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
1519 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
1520 such files in version 243.
1521
1522 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
1523 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
1524 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
1525
1526 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
1527 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
1528 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
1529
1530 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
1531 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
1532 with stopping and disablement.
1533
1534 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
1535 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
1536 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
1537 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
1538 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
1539 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
1540 some internal systemd services (most notably
1541 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
1542 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
1543 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
1544 this systemd release. See
1545 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
1546 additional discussion.
1547
1548 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
1549 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
1550 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
1551 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
1552 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
1553 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
1554 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1555 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
1556 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
1557 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
1558 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
1559 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
1560 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
1561 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
1562 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
1563 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
1564 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
1565 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
1566 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
1567 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
1568 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
1569 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
1570 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
1571 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
1572 DONG
1573
1574 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
1575
1576 CHANGES WITH 244:
1577
1578 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
1579 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
1580 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
1581 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
1582
1583 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
1584 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
1585 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
1586 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
1587
1588 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
1589 units.
1590
1591 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
1592 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
1593 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
1594 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
1595 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
1596 set the EFI variable.
1597
1598 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
1599 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
1600 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
1601 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
1602 and overrides the systemd setting.
1603
1604 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
1605 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
1606 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
1607 effect.)
1608
1609 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
1610 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
1611 that affects all corresponding unit files.
1612
1613 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
1614 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
1615
1616 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
1617 the unit being shown.
1618
1619 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
1620 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
1621 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
1622 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
1623 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
1624
1625 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
1626 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
1627 which need to use them.
1628
1629 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
1630 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
1631 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
1632 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
1633 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
1634 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
1635 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
1636 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
1637 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
1638 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
1639
1640 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
1641 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
1642 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
1643 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
1644 security tokens that were used previously.
1645
1646 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
1647 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
1648 improve power saving with many more devices.
1649
1650 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
1651 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
1652 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
1653
1654 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
1655 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
1656 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
1657 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
1658 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
1659
1660 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
1661 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
1662 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
1663 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
1664 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
1665
1666 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
1667 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
1668
1669 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
1670 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
1671
1672 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
1673 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
1674 now supported.
1675
1676 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
1677 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
1678
1679 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
1680 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
1681 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
1682
1683 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
1684 received from the server.
1685
1686 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
1687 set.
1688
1689 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
1690 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
1691
1692 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
1693 using a new SendOption= setting.
1694
1695 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
1696 service type" value used by the client.
1697
1698 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
1699 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
1700
1701 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
1702 a new SendOption= setting.
1703
1704 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
1705 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
1706
1707 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
1708 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
1709
1710 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
1711 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
1712 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
1713
1714 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
1715 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
1716 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
1717 BSSID for wireless links.
1718
1719 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
1720 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
1721
1722 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
1723 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
1724
1725 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
1726 disciplines in the kernel using the new
1727 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
1728 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
1729 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
1730 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
1731
1732 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
1733
1734 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
1735 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
1736 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
1737 on its own).
1738
1739 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
1740 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
1741 of the present time.
1742
1743 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
1744 reproducible image builds easier).
1745
1746 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
1747 Specification.
1748
1749 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
1750 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
1751 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
1752 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
1753
1754 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
1755 is being used.
1756
1757 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
1758
1759 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
1760 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
1761 path as the system manager.
1762
1763 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
1764 outputting the 128bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
1765 representation").
1766
1767 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
1768 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
1769 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
1770 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
1771 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
1772 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
1773 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
1774 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
1775
1776 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
1777 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
1778 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
1779 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
1780 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
1781 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
1782 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
1783 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
1784 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
1785 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
1786 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
1787 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
1788 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
1789 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
1790 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
1791 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
1792 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
1793 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
1794 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
1795 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
1796 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
1797 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
1798 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1799
1800 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
1801
1802 CHANGES WITH 243:
1803
1804 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
1805 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
1806 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
1807 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
1808 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
1809 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
1810 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
1811 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
1812
1813 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
1814 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
1815 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
1816 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
1817 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
1818 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
1819 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
1820 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
1821 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
1822 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
1823 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
1824 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
1825 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
1826 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
1827 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
1828 documentation.
1829
1830 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
1831 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
1832 from the old 16bit range. This should improve security and
1833 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
1834 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
1835 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
1836 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
1837 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
1838 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
1839 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
1840 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
1841 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
1842 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
1843 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
1844 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
1845 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
1846
1847 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
1848 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
1849 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
1850 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
1851
1852 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
1853 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
1854
1855 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
1856 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
1857 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
1858 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
1859 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
1860 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
1861 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
1862 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
1863 caught up with the kernel API changes.
1864
1865 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
1866 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
1867 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
1868 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
1869 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
1870 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
1871 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
1872 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
1873 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
1874 packagers.
1875
1876 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
1877 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
1878
1879 build/man/man systemctl
1880 build/man/html systemd.index
1881
1882 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
1883 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
1884
1885 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
1886 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
1887 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
1888 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
1889 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
1890 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
1891
1892 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
1893 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
1894 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
1895 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
1896 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
1897 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
1898 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
1899 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
1900 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
1901 unambiguously distinguished.
1902
1903 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
1904 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
1905 very rarely used.
1906
1907 To replace this functionality, users should:
1908 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
1909 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
1910 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
1911 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
1912 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
1913
1914 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
1915 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
1916 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
1917 interfaces should really be matched.
1918
1919 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
1920 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
1921 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
1922 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
1923 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
1924 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
1925
1926 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
1927 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
1928 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
1929 stop the whole unit.
1930
1931 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
1932 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
1933 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
1934 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
1935 generated whenever a unit stops.
1936
1937 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
1938 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
1939 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
1940 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
1941
1942 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
1943 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
1944 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
1945 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
1946 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
1947
1948 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
1949 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
1950 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
1951 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
1952 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
1953 programs set up externally.
1954
1955 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
1956 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
1957 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
1958 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
1959
1960 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
1961 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
1962 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
1963 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
1964 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
1965 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
1966 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
1967
1968 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
1969 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
1970 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
1971 as before.
1972
1973 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
1974 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
1975 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
1976 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
1977 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
1978 links on terminals that support that.
1979
1980 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
1981 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
1982 unmounted safely during shutdown.
1983
1984 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
1985
1986 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
1987 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
1988 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
1989 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
1990 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
1991 The default remains unchanged.
1992
1993 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
1994 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
1995
1996 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
1997 udev property.
1998
1999 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
2000 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
2001 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
2002
2003 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
2004 interfaces natively.
2005
2006 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
2007 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
2008 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
2009 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
2010
2011 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
2012 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
2013 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
2014 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
2015 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
2016 RELEASE message when terminating.
2017
2018 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
2019 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
2020
2021 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
2022 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
2023 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
2024 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
2025 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
2026 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
2027 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
2028
2029 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
2030 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
2031 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
2032 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
2033 added to the GENEVE support.
2034
2035 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
2036 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
2037 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
2038 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
2039 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
2040
2041 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
2042 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
2043 onto the network device.
2044
2045 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
2046 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
2047 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
2048 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
2049 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
2050
2051 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
2052 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
2053 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
2054
2055 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
2056 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
2057
2058 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
2059 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
2060
2061 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
2062 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
2063 statistics.
2064
2065 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
2066 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
2067 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
2068
2069 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
2070 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
2071
2072 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
2073 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
2074 specific udev properties.
2075
2076 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
2077 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
2078 "lo" as underlying device.
2079
2080 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
2081 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
2082 IP addresses, too.
2083
2084 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
2085 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
2086 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
2087 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
2088
2089 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
2090 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
2091 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
2092 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
2093
2094 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
2095 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
2096 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
2097
2098 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
2099 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
2100 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
2101
2102 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
2103
2104 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
2105 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
2106 does the same for recurring calendar events.
2107
2108 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
2109 durations as opposed to points in time).
2110
2111 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
2112 expressions.
2113
2114 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
2115 codes to their names and back.
2116
2117 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
2118 file paths and unit aliases.
2119
2120 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
2121 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
2122 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
2123 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
2124
2125 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
2126 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
2127 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
2128 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
2129 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
2130 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
2131 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
2132 udev rules for that purpose.
2133
2134 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
2135 a device to be initialized.
2136
2137 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
2138 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
2139 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
2140
2141 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
2142 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
2143 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
2144 with gcc's cleanup extension.
2145
2146 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
2147 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
2148 with printf().
2149
2150 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
2151 XML introspection data unmodified.
2152
2153 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
2154 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
2155 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
2156 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
2157
2158 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
2159 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
2160 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
2161 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
2162 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
2163 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
2164 configured to handle the watchdog.
2165
2166 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
2167 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
2168 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
2169
2170 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
2171 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
2172 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
2173
2174 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
2175 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
2176 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
2177 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
2178 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
2179
2180 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
2181 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
2182 review.
2183
2184 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
2185 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
2186
2187 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
2188 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
2189
2190 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
2191 failures to apply them are now ignored.
2192
2193 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
2194 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
2195 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
2196 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
2197
2198 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
2199 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
2200 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
2201 service.
2202
2203 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
2204 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
2205 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
2206 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
2207 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
2208 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
2209 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
2210 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
2211 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
2212 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
2213 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
2214 a seed was received from the boot loader.
2215
2216 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
2217
2218 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
2219 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
2220 above.
2221
2222 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
2223 installed.
2224
2225 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
2226 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
2227 bootloader entry).
2228
2229 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
2230 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
2231
2232 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
2233
2234 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
2235 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
2236 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
2237 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
2238 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
2239
2240 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
2241 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
2242 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
2243
2244 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
2245 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
2246
2247 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
2248 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
2249 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
2250
2251 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
2252 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
2253 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
2254 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
2255 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
2256 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
2257 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
2258 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
2259 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
2260 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
2261 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
2262 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
2263 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
2264 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
2265 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
2266 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
2267 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
2268 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
2269 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
2270 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
2271 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
2272 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
2273 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
2274 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
2275 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
2276 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
2277 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
2278 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
2279 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
2280 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
2281
2282 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
2283
2284 CHANGES WITH 242:
2285
2286 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
2287 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
2288 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
2289 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
2290 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
2291 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
2292 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
2293
2294 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
2295 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
2296
2297 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
2298 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
2299 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
2300 may be used to view this.
2301
2302 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
2303 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
2304 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
2305 ```
2306 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
2307 [Match]
2308 Type=bridge
2309
2310 [Link]
2311 MACAddressPolicy=none
2312 ```
2313
2314 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
2315 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
2316 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
2317 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
2318 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
2319 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
2320 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
2321
2322 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
2323 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
2324
2325 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
2326 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
2327
2328 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
2329 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
2330
2331 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
2332 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
2333 is a USB peripheral).
2334
2335 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
2336 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
2337 measured.
2338
2339 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
2340 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
2341 have privileges to do so).
2342
2343 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
2344 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
2345 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
2346
2347 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
2348 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
2349 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
2350 namespace.
2351
2352 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
2353 in which case environment variable substitution is
2354 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
2355
2356 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
2357 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
2358 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
2359 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
2360 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
2361
2362 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
2363 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
2364 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
2365 installed CPU cores.
2366
2367 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
2368 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
2369 kernel 4.15.
2370
2371 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
2372 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
2373 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
2374 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
2375 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
2376
2377 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
2378 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
2379 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
2380
2381 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
2382 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
2383 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
2384 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
2385 enslaved devices is not operational.
2386
2387 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
2388 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
2389
2390 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
2391 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
2392 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
2393 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
2394 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
2395 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
2396
2397 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
2398 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
2399
2400 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
2401
2402 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
2403 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
2404 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
2405
2406 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
2407 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
2408
2409 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
2410 configure CAN triple sampling.
2411
2412 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
2413 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
2414
2415 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
2416 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
2417 details.
2418
2419 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
2420 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
2421 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
2422 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
2423 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
2424 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
2425
2426 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
2427
2428 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
2429 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
2430 controlling project quota inheritance.
2431
2432 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
2433 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
2434 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
2435 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
2436 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
2437 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
2438 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
2439 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
2440 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
2441 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
2442 partition.
2443
2444 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
2445 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
2446 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
2447 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
2448 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
2449
2450 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
2451 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
2452
2453 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
2454 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
2455 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
2456 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
2457 be used in production yet.
2458
2459 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
2460 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
2461 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
2462 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
2463 input, output, and error are set up.
2464
2465 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
2466
2467 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
2468 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
2469 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
2470
2471 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
2472 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
2473 the specified expression will elapse next.
2474
2475 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
2476 introspection data.
2477
2478 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
2479 the reboot() system call expects.
2480
2481 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
2482 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
2483 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
2484
2485 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
2486 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
2487 ConditionVirtualization=).
2488
2489 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
2490 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
2491 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
2492 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
2493 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
2494 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
2495 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
2496 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
2497 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
2498 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
2499 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
2500 during reboot with their own operations.
2501
2502 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
2503 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
2504 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
2505 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
2506
2507 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
2508 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
2509 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
2510 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
2511 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
2512
2513 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
2514 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
2515
2516 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
2517 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
2518 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
2519 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
2520 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
2521 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
2522 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
2523 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
2524 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
2525
2526 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
2527 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
2528 prohibited.
2529
2530 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
2531 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
2532 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
2533 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
2534 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
2535 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
2536 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
2537 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
2538
2539 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
2540 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
2541 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
2542 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
2543 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
2544 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
2545 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
2546 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
2547 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
2548 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
2549 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
2550 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
2551 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
2552 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
2553 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
2554 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
2555 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
2556 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2557
2558 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
2559
2560 CHANGES WITH 241:
2561
2562 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
2563 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
2564 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
2565
2566 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
2567 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
2568 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
2569 include the package release information.
2570
2571 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
2572 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
2573 option.
2574
2575 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
2576 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
2577 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
2578
2579 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
2580 again.
2581
2582 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
2583 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
2584 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
2585 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
2586 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
2587 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
2588 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
2589 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
2590 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
2591 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
2592 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
2593 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
2594 installed .link files to *not* include it.
2595
2596 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
2597 "persistent", now works again as documented.
2598
2599 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
2600 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
2601
2602 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
2603 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
2604 used for side-channel attacks.
2605
2606 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
2607 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
2608 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
2609
2610 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
2611 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
2612 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
2613 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
2614 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
2615 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
2616
2617 fs.protected_regular = 0
2618 fs.protected_fifos = 0
2619
2620 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
2621 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
2622
2623 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
2624 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
2625 POSIX shells.
2626
2627 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
2628 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
2629
2630 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
2631 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
2632 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
2633 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
2634 points but otherwise empty.
2635
2636 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
2637 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
2638 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
2639
2640 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
2641 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
2642
2643 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
2644 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
2645
2646 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
2647 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
2648 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
2649 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
2650 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
2651 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
2652 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
2653 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
2654 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
2655 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
2656 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
2657 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
2658 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
2659 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
2660 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
2661 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2662 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
2663
2664 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
2665
2666 CHANGES WITH 240:
2667
2668 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
2669 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
2670 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
2671 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
2672 an SELinux policy update is required.
2673 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
2674
2675 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
2676 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
2677 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
2678 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
2679 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
2680 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
2681 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
2682 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
2683 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
2684 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
2685
2686 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
2687 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
2688 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
2689 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
2690 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
2691 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
2692 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
2693 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
2694 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
2695 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
2696 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
2697 the search path.
2698
2699 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
2700 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
2701 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
2702 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
2703 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
2704 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
2705 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
2706 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
2707 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
2708 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
2709 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
2710 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
2711 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
2712 start job.
2713
2714 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
2715 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
2716 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
2717 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
2718 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
2719 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
2720 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
2721 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
2722 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
2723 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
2724
2725 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
2726 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
2727 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
2728 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
2729 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
2730 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
2731 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
2732 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
2733 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
2734 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
2735 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
2736 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
2737 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
2738 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
2739 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
2740 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
2741 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
2742 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
2743 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
2744 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
2745 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
2746 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
2747 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
2748 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
2749 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
2750 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
2751 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
2752 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
2753 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
2754 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
2755 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
2756 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
2757 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
2758 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
2759 Java.)
2760
2761 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
2762 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
2763 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
2764 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
2765 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
2766 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
2767 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
2768 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
2769 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
2770 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
2771
2772 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
2773 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
2774 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
2775 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
2776 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
2777 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
2778
2779 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
2780 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
2781 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
2782 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
2783 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
2784
2785 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
2786 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
2787
2788 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
2789 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
2790 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
2791
2792 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
2793 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
2794
2795 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
2796 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
2797 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
2798
2799 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
2800 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
2801 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
2802 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
2803 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
2804 latency.
2805
2806 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
2807 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
2808
2809 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
2810 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
2811 instance part of a unit name.
2812
2813 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
2814 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
2815 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
2816 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
2817 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
2818 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
2819 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
2820 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
2821 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
2822
2823 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
2824 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
2825 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
2826 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
2827
2828 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
2829 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
2830 to a file, and appending to it.
2831
2832 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
2833 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
2834 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
2835 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
2836 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
2837 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
2838
2839 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
2840 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
2841 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
2842 having to touch C code.
2843
2844 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
2845 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
2846
2847 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
2848 DNS-over-TLS.
2849
2850 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
2851 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
2852 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
2853
2854 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
2855 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
2856 until the system finished start-up.
2857
2858 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
2859
2860 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
2861 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
2862 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
2863 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
2864 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
2865 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
2866 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
2867
2868 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
2869 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
2870 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
2871 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
2872 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
2873 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
2874 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
2875 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
2876 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
2877 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
2878 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
2879 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
2880
2881 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
2882 instantiate services.
2883
2884 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
2885 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
2886
2887 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
2888 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
2889 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
2890
2891 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
2892 it is neither used nor maintained.
2893
2894 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
2895 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
2896 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
2897 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
2898 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
2899 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
2900 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
2901 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
2902 separated by colons.
2903
2904 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
2905 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
2906
2907 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
2908 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
2909
2910 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
2911 "ethtool advertise" commands.
2912
2913 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
2914 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
2915 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
2916 directly.
2917
2918 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
2919 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
2920 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
2921 ID.
2922
2923 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
2924 and generate various 128bit IDs.
2925
2926 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
2927 and LOGO=.
2928
2929 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
2930 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
2931 from any hibernated image.
2932
2933 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
2934 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
2935 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
2936 kernel exports them.
2937
2938 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
2939 /usr/bin/.
2940
2941 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
2942 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
2943 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
2944 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
2945 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
2946 now documented here:
2947
2948 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
2949
2950 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
2951 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
2952 installs during early boot.
2953
2954 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
2955 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
2956
2957 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
2958 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
2959
2960 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
2961 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
2962 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
2963
2964 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
2965 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
2966 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
2967 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
2968 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
2969 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
2970 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
2971 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
2972 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
2973 is on AC power.
2974
2975 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
2976 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
2977 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
2978 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
2979 see:
2980
2981 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
2982
2983 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
2984 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
2985 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
2986 and container environments.
2987
2988 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
2989 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
2990 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
2991 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
2992
2993 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
2994 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
2995 journald per-service.
2996
2997 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
2998 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
2999
3000 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
3001 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
3002 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
3003 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
3004
3005 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
3006 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
3007 groups.
3008
3009 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
3010 --ephemeral command line switch.
3011
3012 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
3013 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
3014 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
3015 object itself.
3016
3017 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
3018 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
3019 not unloaded).
3020
3021 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
3022 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
3023 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
3024
3025 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
3026 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
3027 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
3028 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
3029 "dead" state on success.
3030
3031 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
3032 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
3033 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
3034 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
3035 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
3036 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
3037 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
3038 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
3039 well-defined system service context.
3040
3041 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
3042 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
3043 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
3044 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
3045
3046 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
3047 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
3048 continue to be used.
3049
3050 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
3051 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
3052 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
3053 for example:
3054
3055 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
3056
3057 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
3058 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
3059 the command line's exit code.
3060
3061 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
3062
3063 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
3064
3065 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
3066 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
3067 support to systemctl and all other commands.
3068
3069 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
3070 name as argument.
3071
3072 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
3073 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
3074 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
3075 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
3076 is improved.
3077
3078 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
3079 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
3080 initialize one to all 0xFF.
3081
3082 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
3083 all files and directories listed in
3084 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
3085 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
3086 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
3087 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
3088 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
3089 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
3090 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
3091 the transition to the host OS.
3092
3093 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
3094 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
3095 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
3096 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
3097 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
3098 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
3099 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
3100 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
3101 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
3102 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
3103 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
3104 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
3105 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
3106 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
3107 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
3108 these are opened they don't work.
3109
3110 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
3111 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
3112 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
3113 logic works again.
3114
3115 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
3116 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
3117 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
3118 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
3119 ignore it.
3120
3121 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
3122 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
3123 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
3124 commands.
3125
3126 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
3127 pam_systemd anymore.
3128
3129 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
3130 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
3131 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
3132 policy took effect.
3133
3134 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
3135 python-3.5.
3136
3137 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
3138 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
3139 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
3140 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
3141 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
3142 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
3143 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
3144 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
3145 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
3146 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
3147 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
3148 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
3149 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
3150 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
3151 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
3152 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
3153 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
3154 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
3155 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
3156 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
3157 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
3158 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
3159 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
3160 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
3161 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
3162 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
3163 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
3164 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
3165 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
3166 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
3167 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
3168 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
3169 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
3170 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
3171 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
3172 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
3173 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
3174 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
3175 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
3176 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
3177 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
3178 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
3179 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
3180 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
3181 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
3182
3183 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
3184
3185 CHANGES WITH 239:
3186
3187 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
3188 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
3189 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
3190 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
3191 a slot number associated.
3192
3193 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
3194 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
3195 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
3196 independent.
3197
3198 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
3199 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
3200 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
3201
3202 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
3203 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
3204 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
3205 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
3206
3207 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
3208 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
3209 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
3210 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
3211 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
3212 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
3213 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
3214 e.g. NIS.
3215
3216 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
3217 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
3218 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
3219 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
3220 may be necessary to update the file.
3221
3222 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
3223 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
3224 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
3225 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
3226 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
3227 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
3228 documentation.
3229
3230 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
3231 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
3232 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
3233 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
3234 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
3235 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
3236 them.
3237
3238 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
3239 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
3240 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
3241 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
3242 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
3243
3244 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
3245 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
3246 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
3247 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
3248 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
3249 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
3250 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
3251 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
3252
3253 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
3254 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
3255 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
3256 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
3257 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
3258
3259 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
3260 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
3261 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
3262 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
3263 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
3264
3265 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
3266 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
3267 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
3268
3269 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
3270 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
3271 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
3272 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
3273 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
3274 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
3275 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
3276 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
3277 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
3278 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
3279 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
3280 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
3281 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
3282 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
3283 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
3284 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
3285 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
3286 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
3287 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
3288 from.
3289
3290 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
3291 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
3292 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
3293 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
3294
3295 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
3296 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
3297 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
3298 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
3299
3300 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
3301 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
3302 hibernates again.
3303
3304 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
3305 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
3306
3307 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
3308 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
3309 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
3310
3311 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
3312 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
3313 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
3314 was not configurable and set to 512.
3315
3316 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
3317 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
3318 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
3319 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
3320 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
3321 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
3322 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
3323 in particular su and sudo.
3324
3325 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
3326 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
3327 synchronization has been received from the network. This
3328 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
3329 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
3330 services.
3331
3332 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
3333 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
3334 files should work for hibernation now.
3335
3336 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
3337 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
3338 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
3339 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
3340 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
3341 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
3342 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
3343 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
3344 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
3345 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
3346 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
3347 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
3348 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
3349 name following the last dash.
3350
3351 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
3352 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
3353 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
3354 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
3355 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
3356
3357 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
3358 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
3359 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
3360 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
3361 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
3362 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
3363
3364 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
3365 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
3366 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
3367 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
3368
3369 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
3370 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
3371 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
3372 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
3373 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
3374
3375 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
3376 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
3377 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
3378 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
3379 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
3380 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
3381 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
3382 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
3383 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
3384 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
3385 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
3386 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
3387 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
3388
3389 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
3390 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
3391 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
3392 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
3393 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
3394 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
3395 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
3396 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
3397 settings.
3398
3399 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
3400 expiration feature, if it is available.
3401
3402 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
3403 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
3404 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
3405
3406 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
3407 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
3408
3409 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
3410
3411 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
3412 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
3413
3414 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
3415 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
3416 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
3417 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
3418 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
3419 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
3420 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
3421 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
3422 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
3423 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
3424 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
3425
3426 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
3427 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
3428 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
3429 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
3430
3431 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
3432 about its state.
3433
3434 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
3435 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
3436 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
3437 "timedatectl set-ntp".
3438
3439 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
3440 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
3441 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
3442 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
3443 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
3444 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
3445 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
3446 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
3447 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
3448 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
3449 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
3450
3451 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
3452 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
3453
3454 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
3455 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
3456 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
3457 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
3458 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
3459 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
3460
3461 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
3462 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
3463 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
3464 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
3465 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
3466 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
3467 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
3468
3469 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
3470 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
3471 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
3472 shown.)
3473
3474 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
3475 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
3476 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
3477 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
3478 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
3479 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
3480 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
3481 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
3482 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
3483
3484 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
3485 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
3486 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
3487
3488 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
3489 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
3490 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
3491 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
3492 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
3493 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
3494 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
3495 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
3496
3497 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
3498
3499 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
3500 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
3501 automatically when the system clock changed.)
3502
3503 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
3504 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
3505
3506 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
3507 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
3508 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
3509
3510 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
3511
3512 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
3513
3514 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
3515 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
3516
3517 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
3518 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
3519 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
3520 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
3521 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
3522 external user databases.
3523
3524 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
3525 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
3526 refused due to the enforced limits.
3527
3528 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
3529 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
3530 manages.
3531
3532 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
3533 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
3534 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
3535 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
3536 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
3537 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
3538 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
3539 where this is now used by default.
3540
3541 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
3542 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
3543
3544 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
3545 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
3546 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
3547 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
3548 update process in a generic way.
3549
3550 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
3551
3552 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
3553 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
3554 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
3555 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
3556 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
3557 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
3558 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
3559 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
3560 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
3561 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
3562 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
3563 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
3564 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
3565 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
3566 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
3567 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
3568 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
3569 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
3570 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
3571 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
3572 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
3573 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
3574 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
3575 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
3576 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
3577 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
3578 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
3579 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
3580 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3581
3582 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
3583
3584 CHANGES WITH 238:
3585
3586 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
3587 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
3588 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
3589 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
3590 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
3591 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
3592 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
3593 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
3594 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
3595 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
3596 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
3597 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
3598 to revert this change.
3599
3600 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
3601 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
3602 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
3603 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
3604 once at the end of the transaction.
3605
3606 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
3607 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
3608 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
3609 scripts.
3610
3611 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
3612 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
3613 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
3614 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
3615 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
3616 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
3617 still allowing local admin overrides.
3618
3619 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
3620 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
3621 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
3622
3623 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
3624 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
3625 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
3626 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
3627 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
3628
3629 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
3630 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
3631 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
3632 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
3633 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
3634 from package installation scripts.
3635
3636 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
3637 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
3638 without the user number ("u username -:456").
3639
3640 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
3641 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
3642
3643 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
3644 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
3645 /sbin/nologin for other users).
3646
3647 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
3648 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
3649 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
3650 --systemd, --user, or --global).
3651
3652 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
3653 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
3654 which are triggered meanwhile).
3655
3656 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
3657 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
3658 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
3659 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
3660 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
3661
3662 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
3663 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
3664 rotated very quickly.
3665
3666 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
3667 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
3668 pending bus messages.
3669
3670 * systemd gained a new
3671 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
3672 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
3673 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
3674 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
3675 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
3676 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
3677 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
3678 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
3679 session scope.
3680
3681 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
3682 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
3683 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
3684 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
3685 the tree to be accessed.
3686
3687 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
3688 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
3689 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
3690
3691 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
3692 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
3693 to keys in the main keyring.
3694
3695 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
3696
3697 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
3698 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
3699
3700 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
3701
3702 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
3703 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
3704 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
3705 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
3706 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
3707 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
3708 explicitly.
3709
3710 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
3711 the colour of "OK" status messages.
3712
3713 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
3714 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
3715 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
3716 be restarted.
3717
3718 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
3719 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
3720
3721 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
3722 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
3723 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
3724 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
3725 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
3726 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
3727 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
3728 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
3729 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
3730 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
3731 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
3732 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
3733 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
3734 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
3735 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
3736 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
3737
3738 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
3739
3740 CHANGES WITH 237:
3741
3742 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
3743 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
3744 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
3745 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
3746
3747 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
3748 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
3749 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
3750 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
3751 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
3752 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
3753 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
3754 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
3755 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
3756 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
3757
3758 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
3759 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
3760 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
3761 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
3762 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
3763 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
3764 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
3765 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
3766 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
3767 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
3768
3769 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
3770 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
3771 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
3772 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
3773 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
3774 now provides explicit control.
3775
3776 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
3777 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
3778 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
3779 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
3780 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
3781 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
3782 unit types that already supported transient operation.
3783
3784 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
3785 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
3786 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
3787
3788 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
3789 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
3790
3791 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
3792 .network files all gained support for a new condition
3793 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
3794 versions.
3795
3796 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
3797 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
3798 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
3799 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
3800 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
3801 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
3802 understands RapidCommit=.
3803
3804 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
3805 Delegation.
3806
3807 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
3808 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
3809 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
3810 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
3811 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
3812 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
3813 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
3814 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
3815 --watch-bind= command line switch.
3816
3817 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
3818 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
3819 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
3820 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
3821 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
3822 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
3823 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
3824 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
3825 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
3826 "Disconnected" signals).
3827
3828 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
3829 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
3830 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
3831 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
3832 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
3833 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
3834 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
3835 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
3836 round-trips are removed.
3837
3838 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
3839 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
3840 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
3841 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
3842
3843 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
3844 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
3845 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
3846 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
3847 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
3848 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
3849
3850 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
3851 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
3852 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
3853 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
3854 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
3855 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
3856 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
3857 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
3858 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
3859 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
3860
3861 * sd-event gained a new call pair
3862 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
3863 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
3864 when the event source is destroyed.
3865
3866 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
3867 connections.
3868
3869 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
3870 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
3871 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
3872 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
3873 new transitional flag file has been added: if
3874 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
3875 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
3876
3877 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
3878 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
3879 manager.
3880
3881 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
3882 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
3883 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
3884 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
3885 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
3886
3887 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
3888 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
3889 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
3890 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
3891 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
3892 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
3893
3894 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
3895 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
3896 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
3897 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
3898 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
3899 level/target is given as an argument.
3900
3901 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
3902 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
3903 where UID and GID do not match.
3904
3905 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
3906 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
3907 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
3908 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
3909 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
3910 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
3911 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
3912 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
3913 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
3914 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
3915 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
3916 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
3917 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
3918 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
3919 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
3920 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
3921 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
3922 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
3923 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
3924 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
3925 Палаузов
3926
3927 — Brno, 2018-01-28
3928
3929 CHANGES WITH 236:
3930
3931 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
3932 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
3933 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
3934 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
3935
3936 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
3937 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
3938 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
3939 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
3940 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
3941 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
3942 valid specifiers today.)
3943
3944 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
3945 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
3946 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
3947 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
3948 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
3949 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
3950
3951 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
3952 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
3953 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
3954 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
3955
3956 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
3957 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
3958 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
3959 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
3960 services are resolved properly.
3961
3962 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
3963 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
3964 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
3965 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
3966 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
3967 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
3968 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
3969 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
3970 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
3971 and btrfs.
3972
3973 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
3974 DNS server and domain information.
3975
3976 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
3977 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
3978 runtime.
3979
3980 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
3981 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
3982 empty for the first time.
3983
3984 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
3985 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
3986 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
3987 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
3988 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
3989 running in the user session.
3990
3991 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
3992 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
3993 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
3994 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
3995 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
3996 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
3997 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
3998 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
3999 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
4000 user instance).
4001
4002 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
4003 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
4004
4005 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
4006 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
4007 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
4008 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
4009
4010 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
4011 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
4012
4013 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
4014 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
4015 sleep verbs.
4016
4017 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
4018
4019 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
4020 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
4021
4022 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
4023
4024 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
4025 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
4026 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
4027
4028 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
4029 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
4030 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
4031 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
4032 instance.
4033
4034 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
4035 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
4036 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
4037
4038 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
4039 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
4040 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
4041
4042 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
4043
4044 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
4045 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
4046 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
4047 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
4048 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
4049 processes.
4050
4051 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
4052 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
4053 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
4054 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
4055
4056 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
4057 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
4058 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
4059
4060 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
4061 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
4062 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
4063 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
4064 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
4065
4066 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
4067 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
4068
4069 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
4070 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
4071 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
4072 time the specified expression would elapse.
4073
4074 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
4075 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
4076 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
4077 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
4078 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
4079 types, not just services.
4080
4081 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
4082 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
4083 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
4084 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
4085
4086 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
4087 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
4088 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
4089 interface for this purpose.
4090
4091 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
4092 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
4093 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
4094 anyway.
4095
4096 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
4097 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
4098 requirements of systemd.
4099
4100 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
4101 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
4102 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
4103
4104 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
4105 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
4106 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
4107 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
4108
4109 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
4110 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
4111 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
4112 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
4113
4114 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
4115 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
4116
4117 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
4118 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
4119 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
4120 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
4121 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
4122 managing software supports (such as pppd).
4123
4124 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
4125 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
4126 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
4127
4128 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
4129 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
4130 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
4131 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
4132 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
4133 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
4134 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
4135 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
4136 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
4137 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
4138 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
4139 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
4140 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
4141 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
4142 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
4143 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
4144 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
4145 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
4146 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
4147 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
4148 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
4149 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
4150 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
4151
4152 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
4153
4154 CHANGES WITH 235:
4155
4156 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
4157 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
4158 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
4159 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
4160 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
4161 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
4162 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
4163 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
4164 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
4165 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
4166 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
4167 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
4168 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
4169 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
4170 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
4171 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
4172 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
4173 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
4174 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
4175 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
4176 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
4177 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
4178 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
4179 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
4180 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
4181 IPAddressDeny= see below.
4182
4183 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
4184 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
4185 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
4186 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
4187 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
4188 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
4189 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
4190 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
4191
4192 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
4193 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
4194 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
4195 used to change those values.
4196
4197 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
4198 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
4199 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
4200 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
4201 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
4202 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
4203
4204 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
4205 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
4206 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
4207 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
4208
4209 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
4210 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
4211 one top-level directory.
4212
4213 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
4214 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
4215 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
4216 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
4217 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
4218 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
4219 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
4220 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
4221 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
4222 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
4223 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
4224 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
4225 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
4226 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
4227 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
4228
4229 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
4230 Meson-only.
4231
4232 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
4233 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
4234 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
4235 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
4236 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
4237 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
4238 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
4239 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
4240 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
4241 acceptable to us.
4242
4243 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
4244 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
4245 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
4246 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
4247 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
4248 requested at build time.
4249
4250 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
4251 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
4252 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
4253 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
4254 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
4255 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
4256 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
4257 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
4258 Type= setting which permits configuring
4259 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
4260
4261 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
4262 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
4263 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
4264 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
4265 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
4266 local frames between bridge ports.
4267
4268 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
4269 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
4270 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
4271
4272 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
4273 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
4274
4275 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
4276 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
4277 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
4278 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
4279
4280 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
4281 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
4282 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
4283 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
4284 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
4285 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
4286 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
4287 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
4288
4289 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
4290 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
4291 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
4292 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
4293 command.)
4294
4295 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
4296 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
4297 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
4298
4299 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
4300 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
4301 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
4302 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
4303
4304 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
4305 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
4306 configured, except for the credentials applied by
4307 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
4308 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
4309 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
4310 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
4311 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
4312 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
4313 on systems where this is not supported.
4314
4315 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
4316 sockets.
4317
4318 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
4319 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
4320 during runtime.
4321
4322 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
4323 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
4324 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
4325
4326 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
4327 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
4328 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
4329
4330 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
4331 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
4332 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
4333 Following this logic, two new special targets
4334 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
4335 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
4336 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
4337
4338 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
4339 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
4340 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
4341 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
4342
4343 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
4344 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
4345 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
4346 --wait".
4347
4348 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
4349 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
4350 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
4351 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
4352 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
4353 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
4354 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
4355 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
4356 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
4357
4358 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
4359 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
4360 containing information about the consumed resources of this
4361 invocation.
4362
4363 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
4364 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
4365 processes.
4366
4367 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
4368 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
4369 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
4370 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
4371 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
4372 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
4373 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
4374 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
4375 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
4376 systems for all five operations.
4377
4378 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
4379 the system.
4380
4381 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
4382 than UTC or the local timezone.
4383
4384 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
4385 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
4386 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
4387 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
4388 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
4389 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
4390 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
4391 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
4392
4393 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
4394 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
4395 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
4396 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
4397 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
4398 again.
4399
4400 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
4401 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
4402 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
4403
4404 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
4405 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
4406 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
4407 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
4408 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
4409 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
4410 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
4411 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
4412 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
4413 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
4414 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
4415 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
4416 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
4417 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
4418 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
4419 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
4420 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
4421 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
4422 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
4423 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4424
4425 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
4426
4427 CHANGES WITH 234:
4428
4429 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
4430 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
4431 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
4432 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
4433 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
4434 summary:
4435
4436 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
4437
4438 becomes:
4439
4440 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
4441
4442 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
4443 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
4444 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
4445 .device units.
4446
4447 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
4448 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
4449 running a systemd user instance.
4450
4451 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
4452 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
4453 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
4454 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
4455 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
4456 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
4457
4458 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
4459
4460 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
4461 (domain search list).
4462
4463 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
4464 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
4465 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
4466 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
4467 implementation of RA.
4468
4469 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
4470 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
4471 ISO date values.
4472
4473 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
4474 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
4475 devices.
4476
4477 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
4478 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
4479 option.
4480
4481 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
4482 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
4483 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
4484 default yet.
4485
4486 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
4487 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
4488 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
4489 SHA256SUMS files.
4490
4491 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
4492 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
4493
4494 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
4495
4496 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
4497
4498 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
4499 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
4500
4501 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
4502 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
4503 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
4504 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
4505
4506 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
4507 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
4508 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
4509 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
4510 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
4511 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
4512 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
4513 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
4514 systemd-logind to be safe. See
4515 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
4516
4517 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
4518 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
4519 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
4520 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
4521 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
4522 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
4523 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
4524 after all the plugins exit.
4525
4526 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
4527 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
4528 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
4529 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
4530 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
4531 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
4532 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
4533 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
4534 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
4535 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
4536 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
4537 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
4538 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
4539 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
4540 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
4541 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4542 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
4543 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
4544 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
4545 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
4546 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
4547 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
4548 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
4549 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
4550 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
4551 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
4552 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
4553 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
4554 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
4555 Георгиевски
4556
4557 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
4558
4559 CHANGES WITH 233:
4560
4561 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
4562 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
4563 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
4564 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
4565 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
4566 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
4567 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
4568 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
4569 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
4570
4571 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
4572 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
4573 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
4574 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
4575 default selected on the configure command line
4576 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
4577 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
4578 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
4579 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
4580 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
4581 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
4582 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
4583 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
4584 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
4585 greatest stability and compatibility only.
4586
4587 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
4588 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
4589 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
4590 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
4591 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
4592 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
4593 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
4594 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
4595 further details about this.)
4596
4597 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
4598 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
4599 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
4600
4601 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
4602 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
4603
4604 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
4605 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
4606 with 'make install-tests'.
4607
4608 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
4609 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
4610 kernel.
4611
4612 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
4613 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
4614 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
4615 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
4616 by the Slice= option.
4617
4618 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
4619 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
4620 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
4621 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
4622
4623 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
4624 following choices:
4625
4626 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
4627 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
4628 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
4629 (h)elp
4630 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
4631 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
4632 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
4633 (y)es, execute the command
4634
4635 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
4636 because its meaning was confusing.
4637
4638 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
4639 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
4640
4641 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
4642 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
4643 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
4644
4645 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
4646 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
4647 state directly, without executing these commands.
4648
4649 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
4650 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
4651 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
4652
4653 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
4654 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
4655 combination with After=) have been started.
4656
4657 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
4658 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
4659 setting, and which system calls they contain.
4660
4661 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
4662 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
4663 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
4664 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
4665 configuration related calls.
4666
4667 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
4668 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
4669 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
4670 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
4671 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
4672 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
4673 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
4674
4675 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
4676 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
4677
4678 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
4679 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
4680 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
4681
4682 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
4683 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
4684
4685 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
4686 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
4687 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
4688 for compatibility.
4689
4690 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
4691 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
4692
4693 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
4694 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
4695
4696 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
4697 support for negative matching.
4698
4699 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
4700
4701 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
4702 permitted runtime of the mount command.
4703
4704 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
4705 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
4706 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
4707 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
4708 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
4709 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
4710 removed from the drive.
4711
4712 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
4713 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
4714
4715 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
4716 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
4717
4718 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
4719 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
4720 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
4721
4722 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
4723 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
4724 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
4725 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
4726 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
4727 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
4728 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
4729
4730 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
4731 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
4732 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
4733 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
4734 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
4735 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
4736
4737 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
4738 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
4739
4740 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
4741 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
4742 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
4743 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
4744 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
4745 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
4746 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
4747 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
4748
4749 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
4750 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
4751 including all control processes.
4752
4753 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
4754 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
4755 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
4756
4757 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
4758 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
4759 prefixing the source path with "+".
4760
4761 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
4762 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
4763 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
4764 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
4765 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
4766 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
4767 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
4768 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
4769
4770 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
4771 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
4772 before).
4773
4774 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
4775 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
4776 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
4777 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
4778 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
4779 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
4780 the new --root-hash= command line option).
4781
4782 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
4783 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
4784 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
4785 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
4786 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
4787 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
4788 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
4789 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
4790 versions.
4791
4792 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
4793 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
4794 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
4795 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
4796 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
4797 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
4798 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
4799 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
4800 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
4801 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
4802 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
4803 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
4804 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
4805 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
4806 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
4807 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
4808 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
4809 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
4810 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
4811 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
4812 a Verity-enabled root partition.
4813
4814 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
4815 accelerometer quirks.
4816
4817 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
4818 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
4819 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
4820 ID of each service.
4821
4822 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
4823 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
4824 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
4825 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
4826 view.
4827
4828 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
4829 environment variables:
4830
4831 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
4832
4833 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
4834 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
4835 address.
4836
4837 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
4838 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
4839 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
4840
4841 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
4842 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
4843 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
4844 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
4845 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
4846 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
4847 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
4848 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
4849 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
4850 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
4851 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
4852 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
4853 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
4854
4855 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
4856 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
4857 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
4858
4859 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
4860 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
4861
4862 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
4863 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
4864 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
4865 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
4866 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
4867
4868 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
4869 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
4870 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
4871
4872 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
4873 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
4874
4875 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
4876 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
4877 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
4878 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
4879
4880 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
4881 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
4882 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
4883 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
4884 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
4885 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
4886 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
4887 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
4888 possibly even including full integrity data.
4889
4890 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
4891 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
4892 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
4893 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
4894 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
4895
4896 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
4897 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
4898 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
4899 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
4900 directly with systemd-nspawn.
4901
4902 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
4903 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
4904 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
4905 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
4906
4907 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
4908 of coredumps in reverse order.
4909
4910 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
4911 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
4912 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
4913 additional informational message in its output.
4914
4915 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
4916 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
4917 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
4918
4919 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
4920 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
4921 scripting languages such as Python.
4922
4923 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
4924 namespacing is enabled for them.
4925
4926 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
4927 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
4928 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
4929 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
4930 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
4931 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
4932
4933 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
4934 root key (KSK).
4935
4936 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
4937 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
4938 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
4939
4940 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
4941 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
4942 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
4943 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
4944 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
4945 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
4946 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
4947 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
4948 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
4949 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
4950 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
4951 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
4952 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
4953 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
4954 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
4955 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
4956 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
4957 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
4958 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
4959 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
4960 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
4961 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
4962 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
4963 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
4964 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
4965 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
4966 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
4967 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
4968 Тихонов
4969
4970 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
4971
4972 CHANGES WITH 232:
4973
4974 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
4975 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
4976 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
4977 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
4978 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
4979 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
4980
4981 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
4982 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
4983
4984 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
4985 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
4986 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
4987
4988 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
4989 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
4990 to be remounted read-only for a service.
4991
4992 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
4993 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
4994 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
4995 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
4996
4997 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
4998 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
4999
5000 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
5001 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
5002 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
5003
5004 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
5005 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
5006 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
5007 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
5008 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
5009 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
5010 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
5011 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
5012 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
5013 permanent modifications to the system.
5014
5015 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
5016 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
5017 container or chroot environments.
5018
5019 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
5020 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
5021 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
5022 mapped to nobody.
5023
5024 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
5025 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
5026 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
5027 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
5028
5029 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
5030 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
5031
5032 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
5033 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
5034 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
5035 and the support is provisional.
5036
5037 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
5038 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
5039 unit files in the file system).
5040
5041 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
5042 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
5043 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
5044 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
5045 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
5046 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
5047 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
5048 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
5049 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
5050 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
5051 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
5052 state is fixed automatically.
5053
5054 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
5055 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
5056 option.
5057
5058 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
5059 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
5060 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
5061 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
5062 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
5063 else.
5064
5065 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
5066 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
5067 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
5068 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
5069 bootable on physical systems.
5070
5071 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
5072
5073 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
5074 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
5075 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
5076 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
5077 used.
5078
5079 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
5080 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
5081 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
5082 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
5083
5084 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
5085
5086 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
5087 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
5088 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
5089 of the container).
5090
5091 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
5092 files from the specified location.
5093
5094 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
5095 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
5096 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
5097 be active.
5098
5099 * The hardware database has been extended to support
5100 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
5101 trackball devices.
5102
5103 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
5104 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
5105 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
5106
5107 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
5108 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
5109 specified service binary exited.)
5110
5111 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
5112 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
5113
5114 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
5115 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
5116 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
5117 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
5118 --since= and --until= options.
5119
5120 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
5121 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
5122 are automatically propagated to the container.
5123
5124 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
5125 from a single IP address can be limited with
5126 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
5127 MaxConnections=.
5128
5129 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
5130 configuration.
5131
5132 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
5133 drop-ins.
5134
5135 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
5136 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
5137 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
5138 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
5139 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
5140 [Link] section of .link files.
5141
5142 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
5143 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
5144 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
5145 section of .netdev files.
5146
5147 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
5148 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
5149 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
5150
5151 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
5152 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
5153 .network files.
5154
5155 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
5156 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
5157 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
5158 service runtime cycle.
5159
5160 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
5161 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
5162 has been traditionally doing.
5163
5164 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
5165 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
5166 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
5167 prevent any later plugins from running.
5168
5169 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
5170 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
5171 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
5172 default of SplitMode=uid.
5173
5174 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
5175 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
5176 useful.
5177
5178 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
5179 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
5180 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
5181 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
5182 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
5183 individual namespaces.
5184
5185 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
5186 the output, as well as OS release information.
5187
5188 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
5189
5190 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
5191 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
5192 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
5193 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
5194 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
5195
5196 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
5197 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
5198 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
5199 severed.
5200
5201 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
5202 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
5203 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
5204 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
5205 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
5206 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
5207 information about exit statuses and results.
5208
5209 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
5210 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
5211 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
5212 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
5213 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
5214 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
5215
5216 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
5217
5218 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
5219 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
5220 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
5221 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
5222 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
5223 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
5224 entirely.
5225
5226 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
5227 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
5228 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
5229
5230 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
5231 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
5232 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
5233 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
5234 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
5235 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
5236 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
5237 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
5238 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
5239 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
5240 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
5241 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
5242 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
5243 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
5244 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
5245 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
5246 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
5247
5248 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
5249 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
5250 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
5251 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
5252
5253 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
5254 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
5255 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
5256 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
5257
5258 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
5259 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
5260 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
5261 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
5262 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
5263 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
5264 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
5265 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
5266 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
5267 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
5268 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
5269 fragment entirely.)
5270
5271 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
5272 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
5273 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
5274
5275 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
5276 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
5277 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
5278 FileDescriptorName= setting.
5279
5280 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
5281 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
5282 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
5283 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
5284 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
5285 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
5286
5287 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
5288 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
5289
5290 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
5291 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
5292
5293 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
5294 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
5295 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
5296 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
5297 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
5298
5299 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
5300 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
5301 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
5302 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
5303 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
5304 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
5305 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
5306 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
5307 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
5308 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
5309 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
5310 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
5311 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
5312 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
5313 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
5314 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
5315 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
5316 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
5317 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
5318 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
5319 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
5320 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
5321 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
5322 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
5323 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5324 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
5325
5326 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
5327
5328 CHANGES WITH 231:
5329
5330 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
5331 with an additional special character as first argument of the
5332 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
5333 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
5334 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
5335 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
5336 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
5337 independently.
5338
5339 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
5340 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
5341
5342 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
5343 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
5344 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
5345 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
5346 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
5347 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
5348 values.
5349
5350 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
5351 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
5352 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
5353 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
5354 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
5355
5356 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
5357 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
5358 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
5359 7:10am every day.
5360
5361 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
5362 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
5363 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
5364 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
5365 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
5366 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
5367 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
5368 available for compatibility.
5369
5370 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
5371 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
5372 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
5373 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
5374 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
5375 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
5376
5377 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
5378 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
5379 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
5380 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
5381 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
5382 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
5383 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
5384 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
5385 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
5386
5387 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
5388 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
5389 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
5390 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
5391 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
5392 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
5393 desired options.
5394
5395 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
5396 cgroup v2.
5397
5398 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
5399 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
5400 limited to subgroups of that group.
5401
5402 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
5403 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
5404 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
5405 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
5406 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
5407 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
5408 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
5409 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
5410
5411 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
5412 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
5413 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
5414 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
5415 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
5416 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
5417 own long-running services.
5418
5419 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
5420 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
5421 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
5422 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
5423
5424 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
5425 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
5426 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
5427 propagates this notification further to the service manager
5428 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
5429 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
5430 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
5431 primitives.
5432
5433 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
5434 "terminate".
5435
5436 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
5437 link-local IPv6 addresses.
5438
5439 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
5440 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
5441 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
5442 --flush-caches".
5443
5444 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
5445 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
5446 is shown.
5447
5448 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
5449 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
5450 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
5451 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
5452 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
5453 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
5454
5455 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
5456 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
5457 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
5458 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
5459 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
5460 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
5461 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
5462 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
5463 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
5464 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
5465 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
5466 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
5467 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
5468 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
5469 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
5470 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
5471 bus API instead.
5472
5473 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
5474 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
5475 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
5476 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
5477
5478 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
5479 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
5480 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
5481 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
5482
5483 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
5484 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
5485 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
5486
5487 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
5488 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
5489
5490 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
5491 interface configuration.
5492
5493 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
5494 specifying the --force switch.
5495
5496 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
5497 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
5498 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
5499
5500 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
5501 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
5502 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
5503 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
5504 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
5505 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
5506 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
5507 to be handled.
5508
5509 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
5510 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
5511
5512 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
5513 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
5514
5515 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
5516 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
5517 of persistent symlinks for that device.
5518
5519 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
5520 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
5521
5522 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
5523 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
5524 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
5525 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
5526 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
5527 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
5528 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
5529 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
5530 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
5531 library.
5532
5533 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
5534 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
5535 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
5536 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
5537 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
5538 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
5539 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
5540 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
5541 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
5542 doc/HACKING for details.
5543
5544 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
5545 distribution's bugtracker.
5546
5547 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
5548 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
5549 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
5550 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
5551 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
5552 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
5553 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
5554 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
5555 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
5556 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
5557 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
5558 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
5559 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
5560 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
5561 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
5562 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
5563 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
5564 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
5565 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5566
5567 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
5568
5569 CHANGES WITH 230:
5570
5571 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
5572 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
5573 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
5574 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
5575 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
5576 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
5577 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
5578 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
5579 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
5580 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
5581 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
5582 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
5583 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
5584 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
5585 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
5586 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
5587 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
5588 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
5589 applications.)
5590
5591 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
5592 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
5593 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
5594
5595 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
5596 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
5597 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
5598 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
5599 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
5600 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
5601 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
5602
5603 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
5604 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
5605 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
5606 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
5607 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
5608 command works for tmux.
5609
5610 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
5611 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
5612 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
5613 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
5614 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
5615 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
5616
5617 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
5618 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
5619
5620 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
5621 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
5622 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
5623
5624 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
5625
5626 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
5627 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
5628 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
5629 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
5630 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
5631
5632 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
5633 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
5634 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
5635 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
5636
5637 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
5638 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
5639 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
5640 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
5641 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
5642 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
5643
5644 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
5645 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
5646 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
5647
5648 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
5649 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
5650 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
5651 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
5652 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
5653 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
5654
5655 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
5656 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
5657 address.
5658
5659 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
5660 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
5661 should be emitted.
5662
5663 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
5664 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
5665 supported.
5666
5667 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
5668 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
5669 logging performance.
5670
5671 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
5672 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
5673 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
5674 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
5675 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
5676 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
5677
5678 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
5679 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
5680 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
5681 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
5682
5683 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
5684 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
5685
5686 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
5687 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
5688 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
5689
5690 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
5691
5692 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
5693 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
5694 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
5695 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
5696
5697 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
5698 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
5699 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
5700 refuse to operate on such files.
5701
5702 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
5703 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
5704 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
5705
5706 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
5707 just hidden container images.
5708
5709 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
5710 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
5711
5712 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
5713 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
5714 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
5715 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
5716 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
5717 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
5718 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
5719 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
5720 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
5721 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
5722 been changed to use this functionality by default.
5723
5724 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
5725 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
5726 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
5727 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
5728 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
5729 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
5730 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
5731 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
5732 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
5733 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
5734 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
5735 terminates.
5736
5737 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
5738 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
5739 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
5740 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
5741
5742 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
5743 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
5744 rate of the socket unit.
5745
5746 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
5747 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
5748 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
5749 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
5750 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
5751
5752 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
5753 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
5754 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
5755 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
5756 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
5757 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
5758 with this.
5759
5760 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
5761 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
5762
5763 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
5764 merged into the kernel in its current form.
5765
5766 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
5767 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
5768 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
5769 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
5770 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
5771
5772 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
5773 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
5774 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
5775
5776 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
5777 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
5778 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
5779 target is now included in early userspace.
5780
5781 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
5782 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
5783 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
5784 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
5785 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
5786 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
5787 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
5788 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
5789 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
5790 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
5791 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
5792 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
5793 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
5794 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
5795 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
5796 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
5797 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
5798 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
5799 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
5800 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
5801 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
5802 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
5803 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
5804 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
5805 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5806 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5807
5808 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
5809
5810 CHANGES WITH 229:
5811
5812 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
5813 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
5814 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
5815 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
5816 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
5817 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
5818 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
5819 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
5820 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
5821 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
5822 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
5823 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
5824 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
5825
5826 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
5827 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
5828 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
5829 /usr/bin.
5830
5831 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
5832 devices.
5833
5834 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
5835 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
5836 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
5837 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
5838 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
5839 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
5840 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
5841 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
5842 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
5843 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
5844 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
5845 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
5846 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
5847 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
5848 this limit.
5849
5850 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
5851 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
5852 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
5853 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
5854 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
5855 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
5856 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
5857 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
5858
5859 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
5860 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
5861 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
5862 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
5863 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
5864 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
5865 and group at package installation time.
5866
5867 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
5868 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
5869 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
5870 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
5871 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
5872
5873 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
5874 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
5875 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
5876 supports it.
5877
5878 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
5879 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
5880
5881 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
5882 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
5883 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
5884 file is already initialized.
5885
5886 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
5887 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
5888 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
5889 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
5890 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
5891 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
5892 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
5893 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
5894 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
5895
5896 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
5897 working directory for the process started in the container.
5898
5899 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
5900 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
5901 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
5902 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
5903 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
5904
5905 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
5906 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
5907 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
5908
5909 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
5910 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
5911 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
5912 sd_journal_restart_fields().
5913
5914 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
5915 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
5916 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
5917 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
5918 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
5919
5920 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
5921 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
5922 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
5923 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
5924
5925 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
5926 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
5927 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
5928 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
5929 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
5930 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
5931 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
5932 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
5933 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
5934 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
5935 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
5936 by PID 1.
5937
5938 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
5939 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
5940 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
5941 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
5942 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
5943 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
5944 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
5945 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
5946
5947 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
5948
5949 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
5950 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
5951 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
5952
5953 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
5954 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
5955 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
5956 recent kernels.
5957
5958 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
5959 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
5960
5961 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
5962 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
5963 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
5964 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
5965 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
5966 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
5967 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
5968 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
5969 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
5970 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
5971 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
5972 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
5973 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
5974
5975 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
5976 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
5977 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
5978 clusters or larger setups.
5979
5980 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
5981
5982 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
5983 sockets.
5984
5985 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
5986
5987 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
5988 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
5989 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
5990 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
5991 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
5992 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
5993
5994 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
5995 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
5996 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
5997
5998 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
5999 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
6000 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
6001 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
6002
6003 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
6004
6005 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
6006 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
6007 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
6008 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
6009 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
6010 maintain compatibility.
6011
6012 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
6013 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
6014 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
6015 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
6016 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
6017 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
6018 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
6019 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
6020 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
6021 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
6022 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
6023 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
6024 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
6025 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
6026 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
6027 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
6028 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
6029 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
6030 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6031
6032 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
6033
6034 CHANGES WITH 228:
6035
6036 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
6037 files are now also available as properties to set when
6038 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
6039 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
6040 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
6041 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
6042 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
6043 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
6044 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
6045
6046 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
6047 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
6048 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
6049
6050 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
6051 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
6052 created transiently.
6053
6054 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
6055 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
6056 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
6057 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
6058 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
6059 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
6060 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
6061 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
6062
6063 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
6064 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
6065 disk and sync the files, before returning.
6066
6067 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
6068 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
6069 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
6070 enabled.
6071
6072 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
6073 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
6074 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
6075 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
6076 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
6077 subvolumes.
6078
6079 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
6080 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
6081
6082 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
6083 individual indexes.
6084
6085 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
6086 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
6087 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
6088 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
6089 suffixes now.
6090
6091 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
6092 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
6093 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
6094 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
6095 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
6096 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
6097 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
6098 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
6099 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
6100 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
6101 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
6102 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
6103 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
6104 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
6105 number of processes or tasks each user may own
6106 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
6107 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
6108 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
6109 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
6110 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
6111 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
6112
6113 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
6114 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
6115 links between the host and the container.
6116
6117 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
6118 added that allows importing select environment variables
6119 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
6120 the service.
6121
6122 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
6123 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
6124 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
6125 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
6126 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
6127 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
6128 than until they first elapse.
6129
6130 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
6131 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
6132 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
6133 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
6134 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
6135 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
6136 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
6137 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
6138
6139 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
6140 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
6141 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
6142 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
6143 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
6144 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
6145 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
6146 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
6147 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
6148 journal and in coredump handling.
6149
6150 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
6151 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
6152 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
6153 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
6154 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
6155 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
6156 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
6157 software you package still references it, as this is a
6158 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
6159 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
6160
6161 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
6162
6163 Note that only util-linux versions built with
6164 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
6165
6166 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
6167 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
6168 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
6169
6170 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
6171 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
6172 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
6173 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
6174 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
6175 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
6176 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
6177 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
6178 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
6179 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
6180 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
6181 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
6182 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
6183 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
6184 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
6185 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
6186
6187 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
6188 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
6189 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
6190 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
6191 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
6192 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
6193 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
6194 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
6195 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
6196 surprises.
6197
6198 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
6199 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
6200 to the various user database fields of the user that the
6201 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
6202 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
6203 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
6204 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
6205 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
6206 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
6207 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
6208 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
6209 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
6210 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
6211 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
6212 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
6213 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
6214 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
6215 of PID 1 is the root user).
6216
6217 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
6218 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
6219 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
6220 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
6221 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
6222 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
6223 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
6224 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
6225 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
6226 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
6227 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
6228 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
6229 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
6230 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
6231 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6232
6233 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
6234
6235 CHANGES WITH 227:
6236
6237 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
6238 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
6239 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
6240
6241 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
6242 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
6243 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
6244 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
6245 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
6246 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
6247
6248 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
6249 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
6250 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
6251 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
6252 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
6253
6254 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
6255 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
6256 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
6257 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
6258 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
6259 packets on unestablished sockets.
6260
6261 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
6262 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
6263 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
6264 automatically.
6265
6266 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
6267 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
6268 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
6269
6270 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
6271 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
6272 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
6273 for disk IO.
6274
6275 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
6276 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
6277 removed.
6278
6279 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
6280 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
6281 directory is set to the home directory of the user
6282 configured in User=.
6283
6284 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
6285 directory of the selected user by default.
6286
6287 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
6288 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
6289 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
6290 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
6291 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
6292 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
6293 compat reasons.
6294
6295 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
6296 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
6297 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
6298 units.
6299
6300 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
6301 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
6302 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
6303 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
6304 level.
6305
6306 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
6307 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
6308 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
6309 namespaces work correctly.
6310
6311 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
6312 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
6313 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
6314 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
6315 activation.
6316
6317 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
6318 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
6319 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
6320 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
6321 system instance in a container.
6322
6323 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
6324 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
6325 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
6326 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
6327 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
6328 connections.
6329
6330 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
6331 show the control groups within a certain container only.
6332
6333 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
6334 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
6335 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
6336 processes attached, or similar.
6337
6338 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
6339 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
6340 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
6341
6342 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
6343 specifiers like %i or %f.
6344
6345 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
6346 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
6347 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
6348 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
6349
6350 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
6351 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
6352 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
6353 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
6354 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
6355 descriptors using sd_notify().
6356
6357 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
6358
6359 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
6360 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
6361
6362 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
6363 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
6364
6365 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
6366 .network files.
6367
6368 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
6369 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
6370 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
6371 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
6372 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
6373 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
6374 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
6375 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
6376 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
6377 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
6378 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
6379 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
6380 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
6381 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
6382 gdm-autologin is used.
6383
6384 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
6385 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
6386 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
6387 next to the image file.
6388
6389 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
6390 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
6391 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
6392 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
6393
6394 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
6395 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
6396 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
6397 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
6398 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
6399 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
6400
6401 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
6402 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
6403 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
6404 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
6405 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
6406 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
6407 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
6408 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
6409 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
6410 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
6411 number of files in place.
6412
6413 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
6414 on kernels where that is supported.
6415
6416 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
6417
6418 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
6419 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
6420 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
6421 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
6422 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
6423 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
6424 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
6425 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
6426 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
6427 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
6428 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
6429 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
6430 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
6431 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
6432 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
6433 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
6434 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
6435 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
6436
6437 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
6438
6439 CHANGES WITH 226:
6440
6441 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
6442 new features:
6443
6444 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
6445 information. It may be enabled and configured via
6446 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
6447 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
6448 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
6449 is any) is propagated.
6450
6451 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
6452 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
6453 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
6454 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
6455 information is enabled between host and containers by
6456 default now: the container will change its local timezone
6457 to what the host has set.
6458
6459 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
6460 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
6461
6462 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
6463 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
6464 information back, even if the server loses state.
6465
6466 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
6467 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
6468 PoolSize=.
6469
6470 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
6471 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
6472 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
6473 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
6474
6475 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
6476 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
6477 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
6478 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
6479 'dbus-daemon' systems.
6480
6481 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
6482 for virtio devices.
6483
6484 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
6485 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
6486 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
6487 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
6488 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
6489 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
6490 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
6491 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
6492 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
6493 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
6494 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
6495 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
6496 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
6497 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
6498 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
6499 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
6500 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
6501 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
6502 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
6503 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
6504 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
6505 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
6506 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
6507 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
6508 grants them.
6509
6510 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
6511 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
6512 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
6513 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
6514 group tree.
6515
6516 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
6517 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
6518 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
6519 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
6520 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
6521 work correctly in containers now.
6522
6523 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
6524 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
6525
6526 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
6527 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
6528 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
6529 function call is particularly useful when implementing
6530 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
6531
6532 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
6533 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
6534 signal events.
6535
6536 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
6537 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
6538 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
6539 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
6540
6541 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
6542 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
6543 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
6544 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
6545 nspawn command line.
6546
6547 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
6548 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
6549 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
6550 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
6551 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
6552 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
6553 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
6554 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
6555
6556 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
6557
6558 CHANGES WITH 225:
6559
6560 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
6561 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
6562 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
6563 shell directly without prompting for username or
6564 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
6565 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
6566 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
6567 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
6568 the originating session.
6569
6570 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
6571 options and allows other programs to query the values.
6572
6573 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
6574 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
6575 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
6576 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
6577 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
6578 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
6579 probably not stabilize on this release.
6580
6581 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
6582 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
6583 messages.
6584
6585 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
6586 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
6587 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
6588
6589 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
6590 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
6591
6592 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
6593 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
6594 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
6595 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
6596 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
6597 posteriori.
6598
6599 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
6600 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
6601
6602 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
6603 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
6604 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
6605 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
6606 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
6607 "lastlog" tools.
6608
6609 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
6610 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
6611 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
6612 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
6613 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
6614
6615 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
6616 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
6617 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
6618 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
6619 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
6620 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
6621 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
6622 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
6623 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
6624 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
6625 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
6626 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6627
6628 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
6629
6630 CHANGES WITH 224:
6631
6632 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
6633 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
6634
6635 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
6636 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
6637 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
6638
6639 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
6640 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6641 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
6642
6643 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
6644
6645 CHANGES WITH 223:
6646
6647 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
6648 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
6649 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
6650 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
6651
6652 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
6653 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
6654
6655 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
6656 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
6657
6658 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
6659
6660 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
6661 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
6662 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
6663
6664 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
6665 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
6666 decapsulated packet.
6667
6668 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
6669 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
6670 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
6671 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
6672 netlink attribute.
6673
6674 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
6675 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
6676 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
6677 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
6678
6679 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
6680 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
6681 according to RFC2460.
6682
6683 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
6684 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
6685
6686 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
6687 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
6688 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
6689
6690 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
6691 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
6692 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
6693 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
6694 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
6695 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
6696
6697 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
6698 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
6699 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
6700 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
6701 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
6702 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
6703 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
6704 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
6705 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
6706 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6707
6708 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
6709
6710 CHANGES WITH 222:
6711
6712 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
6713 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
6714 or should be used to work around such bugs.
6715
6716 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
6717 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
6718
6719 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
6720 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
6721 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
6722 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
6723 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
6724
6725 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
6726 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
6727 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
6728
6729 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
6730 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
6731 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
6732 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
6733 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
6734
6735 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
6736
6737 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
6738 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
6739 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
6740 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
6741 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
6742 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6743 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
6744 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
6745 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
6746 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6747
6748 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
6749
6750 CHANGES WITH 221:
6751
6752 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
6753 stable and have been added to the official interface of
6754 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
6755 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
6756 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
6757 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
6758 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
6759 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
6760 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
6761 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
6762 portable to other kernels.
6763
6764 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
6765 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
6766 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
6767 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
6768 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
6769 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
6770 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
6771 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
6772 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
6773 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
6774 systemd enabled.
6775
6776 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
6777 2.26.
6778
6779 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
6780 favor of calling an abstraction tool
6781 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
6782 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
6783 in README for details.
6784
6785 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
6786 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
6787 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
6788 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
6789 unit.
6790
6791 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
6792 into man pages.
6793
6794 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
6795 external project.
6796
6797 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
6798 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
6799
6800 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
6801 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
6802 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
6803 state.
6804
6805 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
6806 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
6807 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
6808
6809 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
6810 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
6811 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
6812 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
6813 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
6814 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
6815 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
6816 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
6817 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
6818 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
6819 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
6820 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
6821 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
6822 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
6823 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
6824 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6825
6826 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
6827
6828 CHANGES WITH 220:
6829
6830 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
6831 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
6832 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
6833 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
6834 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
6835 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
6836 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
6837 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
6838
6839 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
6840 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
6841 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
6842 service consumed). This value is only available if
6843 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
6844 in the "systemctl status" output.
6845
6846 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
6847 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
6848 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
6849 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
6850 previously was already the default behaviour).
6851
6852 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
6853 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
6854 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
6855
6856 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
6857 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
6858 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
6859 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
6860
6861 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
6862 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
6863 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
6864 journalling file systems that support external journal
6865 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
6866 systems to be mounted.
6867
6868 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
6869 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
6870 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
6871 stable release this should not be problematic.
6872
6873 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
6874 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
6875 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
6876 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
6877 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
6878
6879 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
6880 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
6881 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
6882 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
6883 network switches.
6884
6885 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
6886 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
6887
6888 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
6889 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
6890 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
6891
6892 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
6893
6894 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
6895 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
6896 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
6897 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
6898 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
6899 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
6900 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
6901 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
6902 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
6903 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
6904 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
6905 been fixed in v220.
6906
6907 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
6908 systemd-networkd.
6909
6910 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
6911 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
6912 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
6913 containers started from the command line.
6914
6915 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
6916 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
6917
6918 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
6919 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
6920 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
6921 indirection via a pseudo tty.
6922
6923 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
6924 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
6925 when shutting down.
6926
6927 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
6928 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
6929 overlayfs support.
6930
6931 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
6932 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
6933 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
6934 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
6935 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
6936 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
6937 images are imported via systemd-importd.
6938
6939 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
6940 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
6941 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
6942
6943 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
6944 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
6945 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
6946 of v1 as before).
6947
6948 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
6949 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
6950
6951 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
6952 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
6953 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
6954 without further privileges or authorization.
6955
6956 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
6957 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
6958 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
6959 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
6960 accessible via a bus interface.
6961
6962 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
6963 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
6964 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
6965 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
6966 to cover this functionality.
6967
6968 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
6969 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
6970 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
6971 disabled/masked also stopped.
6972
6973 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
6974 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
6975 updated to support systemd-boot.
6976
6977 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
6978 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
6979 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
6980 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
6981 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
6982 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
6983 like this and can extract OS release information from them
6984 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
6985 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
6986
6987 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
6988 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
6989 system.
6990
6991 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
6992 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
6993 logic has been turned into a allow list that requires picking block
6994 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
6995
6996 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
6997 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
6998 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
6999 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
7000
7001 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
7002 stick devices has been added.
7003
7004 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
7005 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
7006
7007 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
7008 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
7009 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
7010 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
7011 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
7012
7013 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
7014 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
7015 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
7016
7017 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
7018 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
7019 Debian.
7020
7021 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
7022 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
7023 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
7024
7025 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
7026 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
7027 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
7028 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
7029 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
7030 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
7031 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
7032 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
7033 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
7034 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
7035 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
7036 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
7037 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
7038 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
7039 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
7040 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
7041 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
7042 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7043 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
7044 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
7045 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
7046 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
7047 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
7048 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
7049 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
7050 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
7051 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7052
7053 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
7054
7055 CHANGES WITH 219:
7056
7057 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
7058 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
7059 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
7060 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
7061 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
7062 interface with and update the database.
7063
7064 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
7065 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
7066 before bytewise copying is done.
7067
7068 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
7069 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
7070 directory, and immediately removed when the container
7071 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
7072 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
7073 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
7074 for starting a container off the root file system of the
7075 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
7076 available on btrfs file systems.
7077
7078 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
7079 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
7080 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
7081 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
7082 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
7083 systems.
7084
7085 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
7086 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
7087 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
7088 mount point remains.
7089
7090 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
7091 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
7092 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
7093 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
7094 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
7095 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
7096 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
7097 are disabled.
7098
7099 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
7100 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
7101 container to the host or vice versa.
7102
7103 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
7104 mount host directories into local containers. This is
7105 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
7106
7107 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
7108 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
7109
7110 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
7111 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
7112 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
7113 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
7114 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
7115 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
7116 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
7117 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
7118 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
7119 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
7120 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
7121 make the functionality of importd available to the
7122 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
7123 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
7124 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
7125 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
7126 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
7127 only fully supported on btrfs.
7128
7129 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
7130 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
7131 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
7132 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
7133 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
7134 information about images.
7135
7136 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
7137 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
7138 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
7139 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
7140 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
7141 legacy file systems).
7142
7143 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
7144 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
7145 shown in networkctl output.
7146
7147 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
7148 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
7149 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
7150 processes as system services while interactively
7151 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
7152 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
7153 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
7154 full login session, the difference being that the former
7155 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
7156 setup.
7157
7158 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
7159 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
7160 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
7161 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
7162 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
7163
7164 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
7165 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
7166 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
7167 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
7168 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
7169 via qemu/kvm.
7170
7171 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
7172 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
7173 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
7174 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
7175 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
7176 disk images, too.
7177
7178 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
7179 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
7180 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
7181 integrate with that.
7182
7183 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
7184 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
7185 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
7186 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
7187
7188 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
7189 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
7190 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
7191
7192 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
7193 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
7194 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
7195 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
7196 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
7197 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
7198 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
7199 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
7200 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
7201 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
7202
7203 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
7204 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
7205 files.
7206
7207 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
7208 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
7209 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
7210 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
7211 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
7212 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
7213 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
7214 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
7215 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
7216 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
7217 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
7218 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
7219 explicitly turned on.
7220
7221 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
7222 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
7223 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
7224 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
7225
7226 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
7227 supported.
7228
7229 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
7230 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
7231 user/session following the status output. Similar,
7232 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
7233 associated with a virtual machine or container
7234 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
7235 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
7236 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
7237 output however.)
7238
7239 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
7240 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
7241 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
7242 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
7243 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
7244 caller's session/user.
7245
7246 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
7247 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
7248 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
7249 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
7250 user services.
7251
7252 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
7253 same way as unit files.
7254
7255 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
7256 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
7257 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
7258 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
7259 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
7260 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
7261 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
7262 the host.
7263
7264 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
7265 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
7266 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
7267 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
7268 the host as if their services were running directly on the
7269 host.
7270
7271 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
7272 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
7273 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
7274 updated to make use of it too by default.
7275
7276 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
7277 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
7278 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
7279 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
7280
7281 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
7282 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
7283 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
7284 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
7285 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
7286 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
7287 modification.
7288
7289 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
7290 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
7291 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
7292 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
7293 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
7294 information about Touchpad types.
7295
7296 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
7297 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
7298
7299 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
7300 Policy link field.
7301
7302 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
7303 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
7304
7305 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
7306 ACLs on files.
7307
7308 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
7309 tmpfs, automatically.
7310
7311 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
7312 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
7313 status" output, if available.
7314
7315 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
7316 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
7317 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
7318 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
7319 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
7320 run on next reboot.
7321
7322 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
7323 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
7324 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
7325 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
7326 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
7327 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
7328 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
7329
7330 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
7331 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
7332 after a configurable timeout.
7333
7334 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
7335 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
7336 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
7337 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
7338 it non-idle.
7339
7340 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
7341 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
7342
7343 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
7344 each .network interface in networkd.
7345
7346 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
7347 in .network files.
7348
7349 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
7350 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
7351
7352 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
7353 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
7354 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
7355 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
7356 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
7357 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
7358 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
7359 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
7360 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
7361 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
7362 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
7363 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7364 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
7365 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
7366 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
7367 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
7368 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
7369 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
7370 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
7371 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
7372 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
7373 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
7374 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
7375 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7376
7377 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
7378
7379 CHANGES WITH 218:
7380
7381 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
7382 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
7383 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
7384 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
7385
7386 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
7387 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
7388 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
7389 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
7390 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
7391
7392 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
7393
7394 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
7395 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
7396 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
7397 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
7398 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
7399 modified configuration after editing.
7400
7401 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
7402 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
7403 system preset files.
7404
7405 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
7406 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
7407 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
7408 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
7409 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
7410 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
7411 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
7412 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
7413 other contexts.
7414
7415 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
7416 inhibitors.
7417
7418 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
7419 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
7420 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
7421 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
7422 managers.
7423
7424 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
7425 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
7426 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
7427 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
7428 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
7429 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
7430 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
7431 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
7432 parallel to journald.
7433
7434 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
7435 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
7436 available.
7437
7438 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
7439 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
7440 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
7441 or are not older than the specified time.
7442
7443 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
7444 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
7445 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
7446 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
7447
7448 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
7449 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
7450 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
7451 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
7452 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
7453 communication.
7454
7455 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
7456 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
7457 services.
7458
7459 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
7460 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
7461 including their signature and values. This is particularly
7462 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
7463 the new "busctl tree" command.
7464
7465 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
7466 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
7467 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
7468 friendly way.
7469
7470 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
7471 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
7472 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
7473 race-ful way.
7474
7475 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
7476 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
7477 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
7478 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
7479 --link-journal=try-guest.
7480
7481 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
7482 stable MAC addresses.
7483
7484 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
7485 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
7486 the respective unit shall use.
7487
7488 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
7489 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
7490 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
7491 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
7492
7493 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
7494 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
7495 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
7496 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
7497 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
7498 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
7499
7500 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
7501 details see:
7502
7503 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
7504
7505 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
7506 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
7507 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
7508 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
7509 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
7510 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
7511 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
7512 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
7513 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
7514 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
7515 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
7516 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
7517
7518 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
7519 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
7520 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
7521 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
7522 bluetooth, ...) is used.
7523
7524 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
7525 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
7526 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
7527 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
7528 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
7529 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
7530 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
7531 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
7532
7533 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
7534 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
7535 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
7536 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
7537 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
7538 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
7539 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
7540 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
7541 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
7542 interface.
7543
7544 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
7545 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
7546 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
7547 luks.name= argument.
7548
7549 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
7550 (this was previously already available for scope and service
7551 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
7552 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
7553 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
7554 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
7555
7556 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
7557 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
7558 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
7559
7560 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
7561 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
7562 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
7563 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
7564 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
7565 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
7566 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
7567 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7568 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
7569 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
7570 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
7571 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
7572 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
7573 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
7574 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
7575 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
7576 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
7577 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7578
7579 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
7580
7581 CHANGES WITH 217:
7582
7583 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
7584 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
7585 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
7586 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
7587
7588 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
7589 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
7590 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
7591 now waits until the operation is complete.
7592
7593 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
7594 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
7595 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
7596 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
7597 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
7598 connection.
7599
7600 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
7601 commands anymore.
7602
7603 * User units are now loaded also from
7604 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
7605 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
7606 supported, but is under the control of the user.
7607
7608 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
7609 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
7610 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
7611 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
7612 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
7613 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
7614 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
7615 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
7616 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
7617 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
7618 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
7619 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
7620 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
7621 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
7622 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
7623 question.
7624
7625 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
7626 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
7627 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
7628
7629 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
7630 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
7631 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
7632 command line to trigger resume.
7633
7634 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
7635 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
7636 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
7637 Desktop=systemd-console.
7638
7639 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
7640 systemd-networkd.
7641
7642 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
7643 from the information provided by the networking stack
7644 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
7645
7646 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
7647 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
7648
7649 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
7650 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
7651 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
7652
7653 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
7654
7655 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
7656 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
7657 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
7658 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
7659 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
7660 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
7661
7662 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
7663 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
7664 respected.
7665
7666 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
7667 virtualization.
7668
7669 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
7670 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
7671 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
7672 on.
7673
7674 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
7675
7676 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
7677
7678 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
7679 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
7680 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
7681 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
7682 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
7683 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
7684 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
7685
7686 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
7687 available for service units, that allows locking all service
7688 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
7689 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
7690 from the service's view entirely.
7691
7692 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
7693 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
7694
7695 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
7696 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
7697 session.
7698
7699 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
7700 legacy-free systems.
7701
7702 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
7703 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
7704 easily.
7705
7706 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
7707 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
7708 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
7709 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
7710 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
7711 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
7712 option.
7713
7714 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
7715 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
7716 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
7717 /usr.
7718
7719 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
7720 services, not only the main process.
7721
7722 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
7723 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
7724 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
7725 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
7726 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
7727
7728 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
7729 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
7730 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
7731 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
7732 directly from now on, again.
7733
7734 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
7735 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
7736 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
7737 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
7738 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
7739 enabling and disabling.
7740
7741 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
7742 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
7743 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
7744 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
7745 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
7746 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
7747 unnecessary or unlikely.
7748
7749 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
7750 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
7751 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
7752 "annually", "hourly", ...).
7753
7754 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
7755 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
7756 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
7757 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
7758 overwritten at runtime.
7759
7760 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
7761 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
7762 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
7763 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
7764 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
7765 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
7766 segmentation fault.
7767
7768 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
7769 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
7770 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
7771 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
7772 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
7773 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
7774 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
7775 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
7776 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
7777 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
7778 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
7779 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
7780 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
7781 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
7782 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
7783 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
7784 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
7785 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
7786 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
7787 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
7788 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
7789 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7790
7791 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
7792
7793 CHANGES WITH 216:
7794
7795 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
7796 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
7797 implementations should add a
7798
7799 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
7800
7801 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
7802 default functionality.
7803
7804 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
7805 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
7806 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
7807 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
7808 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
7809 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
7810 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
7811 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
7812 files might need to be owned by them. A new
7813 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
7814 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
7815 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
7816 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
7817
7818 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
7819 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
7820 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
7821 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
7822 added eventually, too.
7823
7824 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
7825 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
7826 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
7827 new command to update these fields.
7828
7829 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
7830 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
7831 have been discovered via DHCP.
7832
7833 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
7834 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
7835 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
7836 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
7837 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
7838 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
7839 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
7840 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
7841 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
7842 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
7843 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
7844 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
7845 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
7846 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
7847 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
7848 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
7849 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
7850 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
7851 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
7852 implementation to systemd-resolved.
7853
7854 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
7855 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
7856 containers to their respective IP addresses.
7857
7858 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
7859 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
7860 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
7861 and present it to the user in a very friendly
7862 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
7863 control utility for networkd.
7864
7865 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
7866 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
7867 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
7868 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
7869 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
7870 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
7871 (NoDelay=).
7872
7873 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
7874 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
7875
7876 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
7877 be started only after time-sync.target has been
7878 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
7879 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
7880 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
7881 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
7882
7883 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
7884 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
7885 of the link.
7886
7887 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
7888 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
7889
7890 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
7891 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
7892
7893 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
7894 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
7895 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
7896 for DHCP.
7897
7898 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
7899 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
7900 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
7901 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
7902 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
7903 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
7904 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
7905 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
7906
7907 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
7908 validation of unit files.
7909
7910 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
7911 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
7912 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
7913 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
7914 address may now be configured.
7915
7916 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
7917 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
7918 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
7919 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
7920
7921 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
7922 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
7923
7924 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
7925 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
7926 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
7927 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
7928
7929 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
7930 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
7931 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
7932 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
7933 implementation.
7934
7935 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
7936 journal data to a remote system running
7937 systemd-journal-remote.
7938
7939 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
7940 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
7941 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
7942 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
7943 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
7944 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
7945 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
7946 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
7947 version, you have to turn this option on again
7948 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
7949
7950 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
7951 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
7952 better than XZ which was the previous default.
7953
7954 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
7955 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
7956
7957 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
7958 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
7959
7960 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
7961 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
7962 "systemctl status" output for a service.
7963
7964 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
7965 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
7966 hostname, root password) interactively on first
7967 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
7968 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
7969
7970 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
7971
7972 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
7973
7974 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
7975 when primary addresses are removed.
7976
7977 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
7978 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
7979 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
7980 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
7981 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
7982 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
7983 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7984 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
7985 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
7986 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
7987 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
7988 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
7989 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
7990 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
7991 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7992
7993 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
7994
7995 CHANGES WITH 215:
7996
7997 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
7998 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
7999 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
8000 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
8001 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
8002 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
8003 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
8004 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
8005 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
8006 require.
8007
8008 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
8009 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
8010
8011 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
8012 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
8013 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
8014 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
8015 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
8016 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
8017 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
8018
8019 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
8020 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
8021 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
8022 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
8023 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
8024 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
8025 update or reset should use this condition and order
8026 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
8027 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
8028 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
8029 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
8030 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
8031 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
8032 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
8033 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
8034 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
8035
8036 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
8037
8038 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
8039 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
8040 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
8041 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
8042
8043 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
8044 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
8045 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
8046 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
8047 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
8048 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
8049 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
8050 .network files using settings of this section should be
8051 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
8052 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
8053
8054 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
8055 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
8056
8057 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
8058 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
8059 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
8060 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
8061 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
8062 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
8063 of nspawn instances.
8064
8065 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
8066 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
8067 added.
8068
8069 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
8070 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
8071 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
8072 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
8073 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
8074 configuration stored in /etc.
8075
8076 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
8077 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
8078 parsing of unknown mount options.
8079
8080 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
8081 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
8082 it already exist and not already be the correct
8083 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
8084 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
8085 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
8086 pre-existing files of different types.
8087
8088 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
8089 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
8090 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
8091 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
8092 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
8093 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
8094 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
8095
8096 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
8097 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
8098 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
8099 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
8100 shall be executed.
8101
8102 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
8103 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
8104 example whether it is fully up and running.
8105
8106 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
8107 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
8108 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
8109 reset.
8110
8111 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
8112 most basic services systemd ships by default.
8113
8114 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
8115 field for defining the default instance to create if a
8116 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
8117
8118 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
8119 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
8120 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
8121
8122 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
8123 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
8124 access to this group.
8125
8126 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
8127 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
8128 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
8129 to the journal.
8130
8131 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
8132 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
8133 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
8134 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
8135 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
8136 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
8137
8138 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
8139 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
8140 that makes sure to only show information about the most
8141 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
8142 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
8143 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
8144 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
8145 the old name to the new name.
8146
8147 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
8148 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
8149 coredumpctl without restrictions.
8150
8151 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
8152 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
8153 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
8154 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
8155 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
8156 "systemd-debug-generator".
8157
8158 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
8159 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
8160 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
8161 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
8162 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
8163 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
8164 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
8165 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
8166 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
8167 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
8168 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
8169
8170 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
8171 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
8172 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
8173 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
8174 been added to query many of these paths for the local
8175 machine and user.
8176
8177 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
8178 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
8179 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
8180 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
8181 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
8182
8183 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
8184 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
8185 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
8186 couple of drop-in directories.
8187
8188 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
8189 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
8190 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
8191 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
8192 for dev_port.
8193
8194 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
8195 container (read from /etc/os-release and
8196 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
8197 "machinectl status" for a machine.
8198
8199 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
8200 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
8201 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
8202 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
8203 Restart= setting.
8204
8205 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
8206 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
8207 directly connect to a specific container on the
8208 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
8209 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
8210 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
8211 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
8212 containers is a privileged operation.
8213
8214 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
8215 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
8216 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
8217 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
8218 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8219 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
8220 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
8221 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
8222 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
8223 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
8224 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
8225 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8226
8227 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
8228
8229 CHANGES WITH 214:
8230
8231 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
8232 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
8233 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
8234 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
8235 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
8236 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
8237 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
8238 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
8239 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
8240 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
8241 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
8242 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
8243 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
8244 devices are excluded from this logic.
8245
8246 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
8247 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
8248 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
8249 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
8250 change has been released.
8251
8252 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
8253 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
8254 libattr is thus unnecessary.
8255
8256 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
8257 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
8258 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
8259 with fewer privileges.
8260
8261 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
8262 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
8263 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
8264 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
8265
8266 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
8267 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
8268
8269 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
8270 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
8271
8272 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
8273 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
8274 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
8275
8276 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
8277 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
8278 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
8279 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
8280 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
8281 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
8282
8283 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
8284 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
8285 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
8286
8287 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
8288 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
8289 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
8290 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
8291 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
8292 modifications of user data or system files from
8293 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
8294 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
8295
8296 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
8297 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
8298 and FIFOs in the file system.
8299
8300 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
8301 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
8302 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
8303
8304 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
8305 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
8306 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
8307 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
8308 the socket itself.
8309
8310 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
8311 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
8312 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
8313 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
8314 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
8315 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
8316 symlinks, and nothing else.
8317
8318 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
8319 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
8320 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
8321 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
8322 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
8323 process (for example, the parent process). The
8324 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
8325 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
8326 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
8327 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
8328 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
8329 messages to services when the originating process already
8330 vanished.
8331
8332 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
8333 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
8334 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
8335 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
8336 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
8337 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
8338 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
8339 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
8340 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
8341 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
8342 all long-running services.
8343
8344 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
8345 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
8346 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
8347 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
8348 service.
8349
8350 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
8351 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
8352 applied to all submounts, too.
8353
8354 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
8355
8356 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
8357 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
8358 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
8359 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
8360 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
8361 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
8362 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
8363
8364 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
8365 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
8366 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
8367 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
8368 (domU) domains.
8369
8370 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
8371 files or entire directories.
8372
8373 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
8374 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
8375 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
8376 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
8377 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
8378
8379 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
8380 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
8381 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
8382 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
8383 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
8384 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
8385 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
8386 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
8387 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
8388 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
8389 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
8390 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
8391
8392 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
8393 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
8394 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
8395 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
8396
8397 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
8398 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
8399 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
8400 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
8401 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
8402 non-directories.
8403
8404 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
8405 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
8406 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
8407
8408 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
8409 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
8410 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
8411 this group.
8412
8413 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
8414 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
8415 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
8416 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
8417 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
8418 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
8419 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8420
8421 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
8422
8423 CHANGES WITH 213:
8424
8425 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
8426 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
8427 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
8428 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
8429 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
8430 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
8431 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
8432 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
8433 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
8434 client should be more than appropriate for most
8435 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
8436 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
8437 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
8438 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
8439 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
8440 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
8441 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
8442 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
8443 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
8444 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
8445 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
8446
8447 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
8448 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
8449 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
8450 part of a different namespace.
8451
8452 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
8453 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
8454 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
8455 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
8456
8457 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
8458 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
8459 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
8460
8461 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
8462 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
8463 when a service fails. This works similarly to
8464 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
8465 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
8466 restart the service in question.
8467
8468 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
8469 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
8470 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
8471 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
8472 details when running non-locally.
8473
8474 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
8475 graphs it generates.
8476
8477 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
8478 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
8479 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
8480 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
8481 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
8482
8483 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
8484
8485 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
8486 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
8487 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
8488 what it was on SysV systems.
8489
8490 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
8491 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
8492
8493 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
8494 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
8495 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
8496
8497 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
8498 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
8499 to show these addresses in its output.
8500
8501 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
8502 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
8503 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
8504 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
8505 preferred over a text one.
8506
8507 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
8508 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
8509 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
8510 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
8511 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
8512 mDNS cache.
8513
8514 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
8515 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
8516 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
8517 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
8518 of network configuration performed in some other way.
8519
8520 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
8521 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
8522 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
8523 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
8524 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
8525
8526 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
8527 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
8528 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
8529 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
8530 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
8531 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
8532 overrides any other settings.
8533
8534 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
8535 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
8536 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
8537 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
8538 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
8539 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
8540 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
8541 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
8542 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8543 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
8544 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
8545 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
8546 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
8547 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
8548 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
8549 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
8550 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8551
8552 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
8553
8554 CHANGES WITH 212:
8555
8556 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
8557 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
8558 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
8559 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
8560 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
8561 by accident.
8562
8563 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
8564 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
8565 registered with machined.
8566
8567 * sd-login gained new calls
8568 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
8569 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
8570 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
8571 counterparts.
8572
8573 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
8574 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
8575 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
8576 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
8577 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
8578 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
8579 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
8580 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
8581 once.
8582
8583 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
8584 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
8585 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
8586
8587 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
8588 units on all local containers, when used with the
8589 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
8590 executed when no parameters are specified).
8591
8592 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
8593 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
8594 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
8595 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
8596
8597 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
8598 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
8599 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
8600 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
8601 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
8602 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
8603
8604 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
8605 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
8606 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
8607 of the container.
8608
8609 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
8610 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
8611 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
8612 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
8613 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
8614 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
8615 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
8616 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
8617
8618 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
8619 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
8620 instead of /.
8621
8622 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
8623 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
8624 emergency messages now.
8625
8626 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
8627 journal log messages across the network.
8628
8629 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
8630 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
8631 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
8632 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
8633 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
8634 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
8635 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
8636
8637 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
8638 down a local OS container.
8639
8640 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
8641 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
8642 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
8643
8644 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
8645 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
8646 this is appropriate.
8647
8648 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
8649 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
8650 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
8651
8652 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
8653 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
8654 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
8655 for debugging purposes.
8656
8657 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
8658 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
8659 in seconds.
8660
8661 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
8662 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
8663 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
8664 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
8665 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
8666 like on traditional inetd.
8667
8668 * A new system.conf configuration option
8669 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
8670 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
8671
8672 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
8673 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
8674 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
8675 do these days).
8676
8677 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
8678 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
8679 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
8680 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
8681 could not take place because the system was powered off.
8682 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
8683
8684 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
8685 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
8686 it will be triggered.
8687
8688 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
8689 addresses to its local interfaces.
8690
8691 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
8692 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
8693 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
8694 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
8695 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
8696 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
8697 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
8698 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
8699 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8700
8701 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
8702
8703 CHANGES WITH 211:
8704
8705 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
8706 added to restrict which socket address families unit
8707 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
8708 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
8709 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
8710 is built on seccomp system call filters.
8711
8712 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
8713 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
8714 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
8715 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
8716 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
8717 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
8718 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
8719 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
8720 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
8721
8722 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
8723 matching against device group names.
8724
8725 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
8726 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
8727 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
8728 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
8729 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
8730 though.
8731
8732 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
8733 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
8734 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
8735 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
8736 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
8737 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
8738 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
8739 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
8740 systems prepared appropriately.
8741
8742 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
8743 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
8744 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
8745 (see above). This means that installations made with
8746 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
8747 deployed using container managers, completely
8748 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
8749 this feature soon, too.)
8750
8751 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
8752 set up a private macvlan interface for the
8753 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
8754 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
8755
8756 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
8757 using IPv4LL.
8758
8759 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
8760 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
8761 systemd-networkd.
8762
8763 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
8764 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
8765 still not a public API though (unless you specify
8766 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
8767 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
8768
8769 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
8770 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
8771 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
8772 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
8773 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
8774 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
8775 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
8776 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
8777 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
8778 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
8779 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
8780 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
8781 users.
8782
8783 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
8784 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
8785 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
8786 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
8787 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
8788 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
8789 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
8790 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
8791 due to a closed lid.
8792
8793 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
8794 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
8795 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
8796 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
8797 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
8798 order to then act as suspend blocker.
8799
8800 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
8801 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
8802 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
8803 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
8804 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
8805
8806 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
8807 now also work in --scope mode.
8808
8809 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
8810 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
8811 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
8812 promises are made.)
8813
8814 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
8815 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
8816 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
8817 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
8818 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
8819 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
8820 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
8821 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
8822 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
8823 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8824
8825 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
8826
8827 CHANGES WITH 210:
8828
8829 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
8830 according to SMACK rules.
8831
8832 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
8833 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
8834
8835 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
8836 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
8837 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
8838
8839 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
8840 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
8841 and machine ID.
8842
8843 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
8844 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
8845 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
8846 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
8847 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
8848 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
8849 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
8850 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
8851 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
8852 backpack or similar.
8853
8854 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
8855 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
8856 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
8857 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
8858 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
8859 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
8860 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
8861 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
8862 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
8863 this on its own.
8864
8865 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
8866 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
8867 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
8868 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
8869
8870 * We will now ship a default .network file for
8871 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
8872 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
8873 --network-bridge= switches.
8874
8875 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
8876 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
8877 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
8878 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
8879 metrics, according to what is customary according to
8880 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
8881 each configuration option.
8882
8883 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
8884 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
8885 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
8886 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
8887 at once.
8888
8889 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
8890 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
8891 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
8892 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
8893 triggered by other work being done in the program.
8894
8895 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
8896 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
8897 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
8898 default however.
8899
8900 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
8901 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
8902 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
8903 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
8904 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
8905 them with systemd-networkd.
8906
8907 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
8908 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
8909 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
8910 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
8911 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
8912 is drastically increased, but given that these are
8913 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
8914 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
8915 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
8916 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
8917 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
8918 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
8919 during a transitional period!
8920
8921 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
8922 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
8923
8924 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
8925 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
8926 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
8927 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
8928 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
8929 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
8930 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
8931 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8932
8933 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
8934
8935 CHANGES WITH 209:
8936
8937 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
8938 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
8939 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
8940 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
8941 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
8942 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
8943 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
8944 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
8945 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
8946 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
8947 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
8948 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
8949
8950 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
8951 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
8952 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
8953 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
8954 machines and the like.
8955
8956 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
8957 shutdown/boot.
8958
8959 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
8960 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
8961
8962 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
8963 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
8964 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
8965 prepared for additional security frameworks.
8966
8967 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
8968 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
8969 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
8970 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
8971 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
8972 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
8973
8974 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
8975 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
8976 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
8977 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
8978 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
8979 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
8980 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
8981 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
8982 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
8983
8984 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
8985 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
8986
8987 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
8988 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
8989 implementation.
8990
8991 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
8992 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
8993 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
8994 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
8995 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
8996 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
8997 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
8998 and .service units.
8999
9000 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
9001 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
9002 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
9003
9004 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
9005 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
9006 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
9007 nothing makes use of it.
9008
9009 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
9010 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
9011 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
9012
9013 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
9014 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
9015 compatibility purposes.
9016
9017 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
9018 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
9019 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
9020 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
9021 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
9022 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
9023 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
9024 process handling.
9025
9026 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
9027 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
9028 style to "sd-bus.h".
9029
9030 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
9031 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
9032 "systemd-networkd".
9033
9034 * There is a new kernel command line option
9035 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
9036 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
9037 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
9038 are not restored.
9039
9040 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
9041 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
9042 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
9043 PID1's support for that anymore.
9044
9045 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
9046 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
9047
9048 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
9049 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
9050 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
9051 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
9052 container that is registered with machined, such as those
9053 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
9054
9055 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
9056 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
9057 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
9058 onto remote systems.
9059
9060 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
9061 login in any local container. This works with any container
9062 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
9063 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
9064
9065 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
9066 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
9067 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
9068 system of some kind.
9069
9070 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
9071 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
9072 next.
9073
9074 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
9075 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
9076 reboot() system call.
9077
9078 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
9079 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
9080 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
9081 still available but not advertised anymore.
9082
9083 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
9084 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
9085 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
9086 within each Unit.
9087
9088 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
9089 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
9090 the kernel).
9091
9092 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
9093 timestamps (following the setting in
9094 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
9095
9096 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
9097 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
9098
9099 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
9100 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
9101
9102 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
9103 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
9104 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
9105
9106 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
9107 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
9108 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
9109 the full configuration is shown.
9110
9111 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
9112 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
9113 those commands which take multiple unit names.
9114
9115 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
9116
9117 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
9118 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
9119
9120 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
9121 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
9122 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
9123 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
9124
9125 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
9126 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
9127 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
9128 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
9129
9130 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
9131 of the legend text.
9132
9133 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
9134 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
9135 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
9136 remote sessions.
9137
9138 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
9139 information of SDIO devices.
9140
9141 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
9142 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
9143 the system manager.
9144
9145 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
9146 short description of the connection parameters in the
9147 description.
9148
9149 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
9150 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
9151 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
9152 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
9153 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
9154 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
9155 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
9156
9157 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
9158 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
9159 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
9160 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
9161 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
9162 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
9163 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
9164 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
9165 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
9166
9167 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
9168 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
9169 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
9170 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
9171 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
9172 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
9173 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
9174 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
9175 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
9176 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
9177 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
9178 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
9179 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
9180 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
9181 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
9182 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
9183 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
9184 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
9185 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
9186 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
9187 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
9188 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
9189 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
9190
9191 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
9192 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
9193 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
9194 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
9195 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
9196 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
9197 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
9198 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
9199 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
9200 that you are aware of the instability of the current
9201 APIs.
9202
9203 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
9204 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
9205 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
9206 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
9207 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
9208 declare the APIs stable.
9209
9210 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
9211 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
9212 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
9213 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
9214 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
9215 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
9216 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
9217 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
9218 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
9219 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
9220 one of them is updated.
9221
9222 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
9223 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
9224 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
9225 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
9226 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
9227
9228 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
9229 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
9230 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
9231 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
9232 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
9233 entry points.
9234
9235 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
9236 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
9237 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
9238 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
9239 been disabled at compile-time.
9240
9241 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
9242 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
9243 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
9244 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
9245
9246 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
9247 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
9248 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
9249
9250 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
9251 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
9252 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
9253
9254 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
9255 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
9256 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
9257
9258 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
9259 remains until jobs expire.
9260
9261 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
9262 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
9263 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
9264 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
9265 all remaining processes of the service.
9266
9267 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
9268 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
9269 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
9270 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
9271 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
9272 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
9273 manager process which created them takes no further
9274 responsibilities for it.
9275
9276 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
9277 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
9278 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
9279 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
9280 marked executable or world-writable.
9281
9282 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
9283 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
9284 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
9285 "--setenv=" for consistency.
9286
9287 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
9288 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
9289 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
9290 independent of the host.
9291
9292 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
9293 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
9294 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
9295 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
9296
9297 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
9298 with specific SELinux labels set.
9299
9300 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
9301 any additional output but the container's own console
9302 output.
9303
9304 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
9305 container without PID namespacing enabled.
9306
9307 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
9308 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
9309 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
9310 OS images, but only specific apps.
9311
9312 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
9313 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
9314 results in registration of the unit service itself in
9315 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
9316
9317 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
9318 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
9319 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
9320 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
9321 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
9322 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
9323
9324 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
9325 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
9326 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
9327 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
9328 units to use.
9329
9330 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
9331 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
9332 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
9333 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
9334
9335 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
9336 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
9337 context for a service.
9338
9339 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
9340 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
9341 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
9342 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
9343 influence this logic.
9344
9345 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
9346 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
9347 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
9348 other things.
9349
9350 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
9351 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
9352 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
9353 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
9354 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
9355 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
9356 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
9357 architectures). There is also a global
9358 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
9359 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
9360
9361 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
9362 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
9363
9364 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
9365 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
9366 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
9367 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
9368 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
9369 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
9370 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
9371 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
9372 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
9373 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
9374 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
9375 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
9376 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9377 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
9378 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
9379 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
9380 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
9381 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
9382 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
9383 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
9384 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
9385 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
9386 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
9387 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9388
9389 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
9390
9391 CHANGES WITH 208:
9392
9393 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
9394 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
9395 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
9396 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
9397 access input and drm devices which are normally
9398 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
9399 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
9400 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
9401 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
9402 session switching without allowing background sessions to
9403 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
9404 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
9405 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
9406
9407 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
9408 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
9409 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
9410
9411 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
9412 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
9413 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
9414 kernel version number.
9415
9416 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
9417 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
9418 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
9419
9420 * This release removes high-level support for the
9421 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
9422 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
9423 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
9424 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
9425
9426 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
9427 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
9428 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
9429 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
9430 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
9431 cgroup system.
9432
9433 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
9434 messages containing the slice a message was generated
9435 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
9436 logs among other things.
9437
9438 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
9439 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
9440 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
9441 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
9442 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
9443 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
9444 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
9445 journald which would be necessary to resolve
9446 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
9447 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
9448 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
9449 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
9450 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
9451 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
9452 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
9453 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
9454 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
9455 not delayed until next reboot.
9456
9457 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
9458 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
9459 systemd generated files in one directory.
9460
9461 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
9462 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
9463 performance information if that's available to determine how
9464 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
9465 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
9466 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
9467
9468 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
9469 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
9470 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
9471 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9472 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
9473 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
9474 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9475
9476 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
9477
9478 CHANGES WITH 207:
9479
9480 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
9481 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
9482 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
9483 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
9484
9485 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
9486 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
9487 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
9488 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
9489 specified on the kernel command line less important.
9490
9491 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
9492 retrieve the VT number of a session.
9493
9494 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
9495 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
9496 maximum number of tries.
9497
9498 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
9499 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
9500 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
9501
9502 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
9503 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
9504
9505 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
9506 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
9507 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
9508
9509 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
9510 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
9511 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
9512
9513 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
9514 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
9515 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
9516 and type).
9517
9518 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
9519 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
9520
9521 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
9522 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
9523 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
9524 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
9525
9526 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
9527 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
9528 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
9529 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
9530 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
9531 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
9532 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
9533 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
9534
9535 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
9536 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
9537 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
9538 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
9539
9540 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
9541 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
9542 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
9543 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
9544 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
9545 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
9546 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
9547
9548 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
9549 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
9550
9551 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
9552 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
9553 automatically after the process terminated.
9554
9555 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
9556 certain paths from operation.
9557
9558 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
9559 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
9560 is received.
9561
9562 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
9563 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
9564 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
9565 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
9566 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
9567 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
9568 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
9569 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
9570 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
9571 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
9572 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
9573 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
9574 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9575
9576 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
9577
9578 CHANGES WITH 206:
9579
9580 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
9581 concepts introduced with 205.
9582
9583 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
9584 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
9585 -r".
9586
9587 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
9588 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
9589 --state= parameter.
9590
9591 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
9592 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
9593 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
9594 the journal.
9595
9596 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
9597 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
9598 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
9599
9600 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
9601 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
9602 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
9603 browsing logs from that point on.
9604
9605 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
9606 of an FSS key.
9607
9608 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
9609 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
9610 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
9611 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
9612 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
9613 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
9614 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
9615 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
9616 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
9617 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
9618 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
9619 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
9620 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
9621 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
9622
9623 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
9624 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
9625 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
9626 backing module right-away.
9627
9628 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
9629 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
9630
9631 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
9632 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
9633
9634 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
9635 set of processes in the message metadata.
9636
9637 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
9638
9639 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
9640 support for passing performance data via environment
9641 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
9642 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
9643 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
9644 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
9645 deserialize it again.
9646
9647 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
9648 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
9649 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
9650 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
9651
9652 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
9653 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
9654 completely silent shutdown when used.
9655
9656 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
9657 option in .socket units.
9658
9659 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
9660 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
9661 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
9662 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
9663 system.slice as before.
9664
9665 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
9666
9667 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
9668 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
9669 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9670 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
9671 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
9672 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
9673 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9674
9675 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
9676
9677 CHANGES WITH 205:
9678
9679 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
9680
9681 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
9682 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
9683 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
9684 possible for system services and applications to group their
9685 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
9686 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
9687 together, or apply resource limits on them.
9688
9689 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
9690 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
9691 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
9692 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
9693 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
9694
9695 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
9696 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
9697 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
9698 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
9699
9700 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
9701 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
9702 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
9703 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
9704 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
9705 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
9706 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
9707 and useful as a general batch manager.
9708
9709 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
9710 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
9711 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
9712 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
9713 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
9714 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
9715 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
9716 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
9717 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
9718 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
9719
9720 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
9721 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
9722 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
9723 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
9724 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
9725 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
9726 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
9727 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
9728 is compile-time optional.
9729
9730 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
9731 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
9732 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
9733 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
9734 well as slice units.
9735
9736 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
9737 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
9738 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
9739 but will be extended later on to make more properties
9740 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
9741 command that wraps this call.
9742
9743 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
9744 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
9745 while configuring a number of settings via the command
9746 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
9747 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
9748 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
9749 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
9750
9751 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
9752 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
9753 off audit.
9754
9755 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
9756 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
9757
9758 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
9759 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
9760 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
9761 and system logs.
9762
9763 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
9764 snippets extending unit files.
9765
9766 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
9767 not available as public API.
9768
9769 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
9770 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
9771 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
9772
9773 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
9774 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
9775 controls what to boot into by default.
9776
9777 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
9778 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
9779
9780 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
9781 generators needed for execution, as well as information
9782 about the unit file loading.
9783
9784 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
9785 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
9786 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
9787 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
9788 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
9789 racy due to journal file rotation.
9790
9791 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
9792 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
9793 all services.
9794
9795 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
9796 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
9797 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
9798 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
9799 system services want to log events about specific client
9800 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
9801 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
9802 unit is requested.
9803
9804 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
9805 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
9806 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
9807 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
9808 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
9809 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9810 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
9811 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
9812 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
9813 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
9814 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
9815 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
9816 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
9817
9818 CHANGES WITH 204:
9819
9820 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
9821 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
9822
9823 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
9824 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
9825 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
9826
9827 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
9828 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9829
9830 CHANGES WITH 203:
9831
9832 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
9833 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
9834
9835 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
9836 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
9837 fields, including the root directory.
9838
9839 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
9840 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
9841 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
9842 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
9843 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
9844 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
9845 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
9846 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
9847 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
9848 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
9849 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
9850
9851 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
9852 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
9853
9854 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
9855 have taken an inhibitor lock.
9856
9857 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
9858 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
9859 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
9860 the local hostname.
9861
9862 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
9863 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
9864 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
9865 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
9866 VMs/containers coming and going.
9867
9868 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
9869 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
9870 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
9871
9872 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
9873 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
9874 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
9875 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
9876
9877 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
9878 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
9879 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
9880
9881 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
9882 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
9883 services. With the container's root directory in
9884 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
9885 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
9886
9887 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
9888 the processes within a certain container.
9889
9890 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
9891 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
9892 check though. Patches welcome!
9893
9894 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
9895 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
9896 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
9897 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
9898 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
9899
9900 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
9901 the passed argument if applicable.
9902
9903 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
9904 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
9905 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
9906 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
9907 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
9908 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
9909 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
9910 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9911
9912 CHANGES WITH 202:
9913
9914 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
9915 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
9916 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
9917 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
9918 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
9919 units activate.
9920
9921 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
9922 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
9923 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
9924 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
9925 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
9926 for now, and not installable.
9927
9928 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
9929 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
9930 can run in conjunction with udev.
9931
9932 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
9933 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
9934 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
9935 session manager.
9936
9937 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
9938 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
9939 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
9940 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
9941 services, user processes and containers/virtual
9942 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
9943 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
9944 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
9945 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
9946 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
9947 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
9948
9949 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
9950
9951 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
9952 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
9953 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
9954 logical expressions.
9955
9956 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
9957 switches.
9958
9959 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
9960 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
9961 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
9962 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
9963 the user.
9964
9965 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
9966 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
9967 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
9968 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
9969 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
9970 an entry.
9971
9972 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
9973 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9974 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
9975 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
9976 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
9977 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9978
9979 CHANGES WITH 201:
9980
9981 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
9982 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
9983 directory.
9984
9985 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
9986 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
9987 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
9988 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
9989 problem.
9990
9991 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
9992 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
9993 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
9994 before the key file is attempted to be read.
9995
9996 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
9997 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
9998
9999 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
10000 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
10001 files in this context are files such as
10002 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
10003
10004 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
10005 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
10006 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
10007 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
10008 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
10009 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
10010
10011 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
10012 hostnames.
10013
10014 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
10015 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
10016 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
10017 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
10018 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
10019 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
10020 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
10021 all time-related output of systemd.
10022
10023 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
10024 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
10025 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
10026 loops.
10027
10028 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
10029 (models, layouts, variants, options).
10030
10031 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
10032 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
10033 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
10034 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
10035 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
10036
10037 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
10038 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
10039 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
10040 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
10041 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
10042 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
10043 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
10044
10045 CHANGES WITH 200:
10046
10047 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
10048 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
10049 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
10050 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
10051 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
10052 middle ground between physical and access time order.
10053
10054 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
10055 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
10056 images.
10057
10058 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
10059 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
10060 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10061
10062 CHANGES WITH 199:
10063
10064 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
10065
10066 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
10067 security policy.
10068
10069 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
10070 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
10071 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
10072 shared by all processes of a service (which means
10073 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
10074 the same service can still access). When a service is
10075 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
10076 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
10077 this though).
10078
10079 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
10080 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
10081 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
10082 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
10083 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
10084 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
10085
10086 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
10087 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
10088
10089 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
10090 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
10091
10092 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
10093
10094 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
10095 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
10096 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
10097 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
10098 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
10099
10100 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
10101 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
10102 system is to be mounted.
10103
10104 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
10105 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
10106 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
10107 purpose for socket units.
10108
10109 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
10110 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
10111
10112 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
10113 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
10114 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
10115 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
10116 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
10117
10118 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
10119 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
10120 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
10121 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
10122 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
10123 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
10124 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
10125 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
10126 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10127
10128 CHANGES WITH 198:
10129
10130 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
10131 files without having to edit/override the unit files
10132 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
10133 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
10134 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
10135 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
10136 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
10137 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
10138 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
10139 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
10140 unit files locally: copying the files from
10141 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
10142 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
10143 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
10144 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
10145 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
10146 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
10147 for them too.
10148
10149 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
10150 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
10151 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
10152 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
10153 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
10154 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
10155 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
10156 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
10157 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
10158
10159 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
10160 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
10161
10162 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
10163 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
10164 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
10165 other users.
10166
10167 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
10168 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
10169 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
10170 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
10171 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
10172 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
10173 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
10174 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
10175 management logic is also available to other programs via the
10176 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
10177 supported.
10178
10179 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
10180 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
10181 the foreground VT.
10182
10183 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
10184 call.
10185
10186 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
10187 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
10188 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
10189 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
10190 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
10191 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
10192 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
10193 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
10194 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
10195 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
10196 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
10197 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
10198 also been removed.
10199
10200 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
10201 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
10202 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
10203 objects themselves.
10204
10205 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
10206
10207 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
10208 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
10209 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
10210 to how this is supported in shells.
10211
10212 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
10213 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
10214 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
10215 user systemd instance.
10216
10217 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
10218 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
10219 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
10220 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
10221 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
10222 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
10223 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
10224 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
10225 one day for good in the kernel.
10226
10227 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
10228 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
10229 container.
10230
10231 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
10232 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
10233 the host into the container.
10234
10235 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
10236 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
10237 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
10238 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
10239 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
10240 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
10241
10242 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
10243
10244 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
10245 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
10246 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
10247 configured to be mounted there.
10248
10249 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
10250 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
10251 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
10252 system resume events.
10253
10254 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
10255 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
10256 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
10257 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
10258
10259 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
10260 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
10261 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
10262 card).
10263
10264 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
10265 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
10266 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
10267
10268 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
10269 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
10270 later "change" event.
10271
10272 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
10273 now carry a message ID.
10274
10275 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
10276 continues to be work in progress.
10277
10278 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
10279 root directory to operate relative to.
10280
10281 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
10282 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
10283 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
10284 times a little.
10285
10286 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
10287 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
10288 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
10289 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
10290 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
10291 request boot into firmware operations.
10292
10293 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
10294 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
10295 correctly in initrds.
10296
10297 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
10298 compile time optional via a configure switch.
10299
10300 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
10301 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
10302
10303 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
10304 the status of all active or failed units.
10305
10306 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
10307 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
10308 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
10309 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
10310 requests more robust.
10311
10312 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
10313 reading journal files.
10314
10315 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
10316 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
10317
10318 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
10319
10320 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
10321 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
10322
10323 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
10324 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
10325 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
10326 socket activation in daemons.
10327
10328 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
10329 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
10330
10331 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
10332 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
10333 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
10334
10335 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
10336 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
10337 system units.
10338
10339 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
10340 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
10341 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
10342
10343 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
10344 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
10345 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
10346 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
10347 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
10348 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
10349 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
10350 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
10351 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
10352 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
10353 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
10354 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
10355 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
10356 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
10357 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
10358 package installation time.
10359
10360 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
10361 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
10362 scripts need to create these system user/group at
10363 installation time.
10364
10365 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
10366 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
10367
10368 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
10369
10370 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
10371 available.
10372
10373 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
10374 load SMACK policies at early boot.
10375
10376 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
10377 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
10378 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
10379 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
10380 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
10381 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
10382 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
10383 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
10384 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
10385 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
10386 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
10387 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
10388 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
10389 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
10390
10391 CHANGES WITH 197:
10392
10393 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
10394 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
10395 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
10396 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
10397 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
10398 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
10399 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
10400 the supported calendar time specification language see
10401 systemd.time(7).
10402
10403 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
10404 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
10405 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
10406 document for details:
10407
10408 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
10409
10410 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
10411 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
10412 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
10413 implementations around and minimal in its code and
10414 dependencies.
10415
10416 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
10417 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
10418 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
10419 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
10420 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
10421 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
10422 with a configure switch.
10423
10424 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
10425 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
10426 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
10427 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
10428 such as ext4.
10429
10430 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
10431 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
10432 identities are attached to the devices as well.
10433
10434 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
10435 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
10436
10437 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
10438 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
10439 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
10440 using only core OS tools.
10441
10442 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
10443 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
10444 implementation of socket activated nspawn
10445 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
10446 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
10447 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
10448 eventually.
10449
10450 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
10451 presenting log data.
10452
10453 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
10454 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
10455
10456 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
10457 system on idle.
10458
10459 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
10460 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
10461 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
10462 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
10463 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
10464 information if possible.
10465
10466 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
10467 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
10468 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
10469
10470 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
10471 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
10472 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
10473 is running on battery power.
10474
10475 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
10476 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
10477 is in the "failed" state.
10478
10479 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
10480 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
10481 environment files at once.
10482
10483 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
10484 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
10485 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
10486 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
10487 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
10488 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
10489 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
10490 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
10491 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
10492 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
10493 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
10494 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
10495 pieces of code locally from the git history.
10496
10497 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
10498 log the unit name in the message meta data.
10499
10500 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
10501 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
10502
10503 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
10504 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
10505 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
10506 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
10507 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
10508 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
10509 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
10510 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
10511 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
10512 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
10513 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
10514 shipped from us upstream.
10515
10516 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
10517 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
10518 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
10519 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
10520 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10521 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
10522 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
10523 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
10524 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
10525 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
10526 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
10527 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
10528 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10529
10530 CHANGES WITH 196:
10531
10532 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
10533 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
10534 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
10535 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
10536 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
10537 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
10538 becoming the one central database for non-essential
10539 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
10540 database was only attached to select devices, since the
10541 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
10542 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
10543 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
10544 data for all devices where this is available, by
10545 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
10546 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
10547 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
10548 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
10549 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
10550 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
10551
10552 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
10553 indexed database to link up additional information with
10554 journal entries. For further details please check:
10555
10556 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
10557
10558 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
10559 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
10560 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
10561 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
10562 macro for this purpose.
10563
10564 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
10565 Python logging framework.
10566
10567 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
10568 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
10569 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
10570 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
10571 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
10572 time intervals.
10573
10574 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
10575 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
10576 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
10577
10578 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
10579 right-away on the selected coredump.
10580
10581 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
10582 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
10583 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
10584
10585 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
10586 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
10587 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
10588 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
10589
10590 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
10591 default.
10592
10593 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
10594 SMACK security label.
10595
10596 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
10597 daylight saving change.
10598
10599 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
10600 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
10601 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
10602 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
10603 distributions who still need support this to either continue
10604 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
10605 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
10606
10607 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
10608 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
10609 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
10610 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
10611 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
10612 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
10613 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
10614
10615 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
10616 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
10617
10618 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
10619 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
10620 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
10621 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
10622 offline updating tools.
10623
10624 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
10625 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
10626 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
10627 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
10628 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
10629 directories for packages to place various data files in.
10630
10631 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
10632 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
10633
10634 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
10635 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
10636 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
10637 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10638 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
10639 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
10640 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
10641 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
10642 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10643
10644 CHANGES WITH 195:
10645
10646 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
10647 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
10648 units via --unit=/-u.
10649
10650 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
10651 right thing.
10652
10653 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
10654 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
10655 rotation.
10656
10657 * The journal will now index the available field values for
10658 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
10659 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
10660 completion of journalctl has been updated
10661 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
10662 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
10663
10664 * More service events are now written as structured messages
10665 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
10666
10667 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
10668 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
10669 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
10670 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
10671 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
10672 these settings from the command line now, especially since
10673 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
10674 completion.
10675
10676 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
10677 extract coredumps from the journal.
10678
10679 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
10680 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
10681 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
10682 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
10683 scratch their heads.
10684
10685 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
10686 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
10687
10688 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
10689 in immediate termination of systemd.
10690
10691 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
10692 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
10693
10694 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
10695 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
10696 mouse screen support has been added.
10697
10698 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
10699 Server-Sent-Events as output.
10700
10701 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
10702 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
10703 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
10704 "systemctl reload".
10705
10706 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
10707 -u" instead.
10708
10709 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
10710 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
10711 configured.
10712
10713 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
10714 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
10715
10716 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
10717 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
10718 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
10719 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
10720 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
10721 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
10722 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
10723
10724 CHANGES WITH 194:
10725
10726 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
10727 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
10728 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
10729 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
10730 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
10731 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
10732 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
10733 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
10734 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
10735 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
10736 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
10737 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
10738
10739 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
10740 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
10741 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10742
10743 CHANGES WITH 193:
10744
10745 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
10746 starting from the specified location in the journal.
10747
10748 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
10749 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
10750 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
10751
10752 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
10753 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
10754 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
10755 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
10756 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
10757 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
10758 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
10759
10760 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
10761 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
10762
10763 This will download the journal contents in a
10764 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
10765
10766 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
10767
10768 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
10769 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
10770 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
10771 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
10772 screenshot of this app in its current state:
10773
10774 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
10775
10776 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
10777 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
10778
10779 CHANGES WITH 192:
10780
10781 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
10782 too.
10783
10784 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
10785 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
10786 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
10787 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
10788 just start them.
10789
10790 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
10791 and line break accordingly.
10792
10793 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10794 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
10795
10796 CHANGES WITH 191:
10797
10798 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
10799 container environment, copying the host's timezone
10800 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
10801 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
10802 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
10803
10804 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
10805 will default to 10 if omitted.
10806
10807 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
10808 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
10809 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
10810 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
10811 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
10812
10813 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
10814 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
10815 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
10816 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
10817 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
10818 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
10819 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
10820
10821 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
10822 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
10823 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
10824 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
10825 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
10826 into two.
10827
10828 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
10829 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
10830
10831 CHANGES WITH 190:
10832
10833 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
10834 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
10835 "systemctl status".
10836
10837 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
10838 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
10839 system to another place in the same file system could not be
10840 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
10841 field.)
10842
10843 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
10844 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
10845 default.
10846
10847 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
10848 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
10849 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
10850 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
10851 in a container.
10852
10853 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
10854 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
10855 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
10856 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
10857 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
10858 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
10859
10860 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
10861 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
10862 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
10863 no-op.
10864
10865 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
10866 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
10867 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
10868 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
10869 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
10870
10871 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
10872 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
10873
10874 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
10875 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
10876 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
10877 command.
10878
10879 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
10880 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
10881 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
10882
10883 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
10884
10885 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
10886 multiple files at once.
10887
10888 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
10889 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
10890 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
10891 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
10892 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
10893 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
10894 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
10895
10896 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
10897 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
10898 now support specifiers as well.
10899
10900 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
10901 dir: %_presetdir.
10902
10903 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
10904 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
10905
10906 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
10907 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
10908 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
10909 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
10910 anymore.
10911
10912 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
10913 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
10914 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
10915 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
10916
10917 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
10918 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
10919 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
10920
10921 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
10922 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
10923 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
10924 sockets.
10925
10926 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
10927 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
10928 is changed.
10929
10930 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
10931 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
10932 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
10933 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
10934 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
10935 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
10936 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
10937
10938 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
10939
10940 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
10941 the unit file label and client process label into account.
10942
10943 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
10944 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
10945
10946 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
10947 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
10948 (%b).
10949
10950 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
10951 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
10952 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10953 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10954 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
10955 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
10956 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10957
10958 CHANGES WITH 189:
10959
10960 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
10961 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
10962
10963 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
10964 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
10965 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
10966 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
10967 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
10968 syslog daemons again.
10969
10970 * The libudev API gained the new
10971 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
10972
10973 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
10974 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
10975 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
10976 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
10977
10978 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
10979 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
10980 container.
10981
10982 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
10983 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
10984 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
10985 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
10986 this explaining it in more detail.
10987
10988 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
10989 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
10990 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
10991 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
10992
10993 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
10994 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
10995 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
10996 journal files.
10997
10998 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
10999 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
11000 as container init process a lot more fun.
11001
11002 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
11003 entries.
11004
11005 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
11006 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
11007 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
11008 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
11009 different sets of services.
11010
11011 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
11012 failure state.
11013
11014 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
11015 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
11016 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11017
11018 CHANGES WITH 188:
11019
11020 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
11021 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
11022 tree a lot more organized.
11023
11024 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
11025 may be used to group services in a natural way.
11026
11027 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
11028 services.
11029
11030 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
11031 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
11032 filtering by log level now.
11033
11034 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
11035 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
11036 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
11037
11038 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
11039 command lines involving service unit names.
11040
11041 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
11042 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
11043
11044 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
11045 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
11046 and encodes structured information about the error number.
11047
11048 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
11049 option.
11050
11051 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
11052 a shutdown is cancelled.
11053
11054 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
11055 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
11056 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
11057 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
11058 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
11059
11060 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
11061 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
11062 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
11063 for display managers instead.
11064
11065 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
11066 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
11067 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
11068 protection, and suchlike.
11069
11070 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
11071 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
11072 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
11073 the service.
11074
11075 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
11076 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
11077 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
11078 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
11079 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
11080 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11081
11082 CHANGES WITH 187:
11083
11084 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
11085 pages.
11086
11087 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
11088 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
11089 data loss.
11090
11091 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
11092 option.
11093
11094 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
11095
11096 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
11097 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
11098
11099 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
11100 specific directory.
11101
11102 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
11103 messages of two different boots.
11104
11105 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
11106 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
11107 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
11108
11109 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
11110 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
11111 disjunctions.
11112
11113 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
11114 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
11115 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
11116
11117 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
11118 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
11119 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
11120
11121 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
11122 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
11123 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
11124 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
11125 speed things up a bit.
11126
11127 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
11128 header data of journal files.
11129
11130 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
11131 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
11132 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
11133
11134 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
11135 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
11136 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
11137 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
11138
11139 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
11140
11141 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
11142 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
11143 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
11144 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11145
11146 CHANGES WITH 186:
11147
11148 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
11149 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
11150 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
11151 prefixed with rd.
11152
11153 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
11154 automatically generated at boot. Use:
11155
11156 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
11157
11158 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
11159
11160 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
11161
11162 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
11163 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
11164 as well.
11165
11166 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
11167 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
11168 in all appropriate directories automatically.
11169
11170 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
11171 does the right thing. Example:
11172
11173 udevadm info /dev/sda
11174 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
11175
11176 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
11177 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
11178 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
11179 running.
11180
11181 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
11182 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
11183
11184 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
11185 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
11186
11187 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
11188 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
11189 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
11190 files.
11191
11192 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
11193 be stopped that is not loaded.
11194
11195 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
11196
11197 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
11198
11199 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
11200 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
11201 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
11202 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
11203
11204 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
11205 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
11206 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
11207 completed initialization.
11208
11209 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
11210
11211 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
11212 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
11213 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
11214 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
11215 distributions.
11216
11217 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
11218 always valid when services log to the journal via
11219 STDOUT/STDERR.
11220
11221 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
11222 command line options we understand.
11223
11224 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
11225 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
11226
11227 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
11228 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
11229
11230 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
11231 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
11232 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
11233 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
11234
11235 systemctl status /home
11236 systemctl status /dev/sda
11237
11238 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
11239 system.conf parsing.
11240
11241 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
11242 Manager object.
11243
11244 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
11245
11246 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
11247
11248 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
11249 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
11250 complete.
11251
11252 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
11253 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
11254 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
11255 systemd-fsck@.service.
11256
11257 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
11258 Manager object.
11259
11260 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
11261 work sensibly.
11262
11263 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
11264 we actually understand.
11265
11266 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
11267 additional capabilities to the container.
11268
11269 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
11270 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
11271 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
11272
11273 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
11274 the current boot only.
11275
11276 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
11277 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
11278
11279 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
11280 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
11281 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
11282 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
11283 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
11284
11285 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
11286
11287 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
11288 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
11289 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
11290 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
11291
11292 CHANGES WITH 185:
11293
11294 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
11295 available.
11296
11297 * Several new man pages have been added.
11298
11299 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
11300 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
11301 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
11302 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
11303
11304 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
11305 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
11306
11307 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
11308 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
11309 Matthias Clasen
11310
11311 CHANGES WITH 184:
11312
11313 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
11314 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
11315
11316 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
11317 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
11318 daemon.
11319
11320 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
11321 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
11322
11323 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
11324 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
11325 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
11326 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
11327
11328 CHANGES WITH 183:
11329
11330 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
11331 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
11332 and systemd's most recent version number.
11333
11334 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
11335 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
11336 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
11337 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
11338 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
11339 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
11340
11341 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
11342 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
11343 subsystems.
11344
11345 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
11346 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
11347 used to subscribe to events.
11348
11349 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
11350 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
11351 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
11352 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
11353 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
11354 forked by udev rules.
11355
11356 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
11357 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
11358 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
11359 it.
11360
11361 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
11362 udev_monitor_from_socket()
11363 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
11364 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
11365 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
11366
11367 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
11368 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
11369
11370 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
11371 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
11372 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
11373 the files to the new names on upgrade.
11374
11375 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
11376 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
11377 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
11378 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
11379 to be used as drop-in files.
11380
11381 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
11382 particular suspending and hibernating.
11383
11384 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
11385 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
11386 about this in more detail.
11387
11388 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
11389 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
11390 places). Distributions which have not converted these
11391 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
11392 from git history and add them downstream.
11393
11394 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
11395 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
11396 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
11397 units.
11398
11399 * All smaller setup units (such as
11400 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
11401 are run in a container and are skipped when
11402 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
11403 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
11404
11405 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
11406 integrated, for details see:
11407 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
11408
11409 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
11410 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
11411 messages.
11412
11413 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
11414 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
11415 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
11416 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
11417 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
11418
11419 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
11420 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
11421 for all units started by PID 1.
11422
11423 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
11424 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
11425 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
11426
11427 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
11428 of PID 1 anymore.
11429
11430 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
11431 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
11432 have not been read by systemd yet.
11433
11434 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
11435 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
11436 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
11437 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
11438 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
11439 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
11440
11441 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
11442 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
11443
11444 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
11445
11446 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
11447 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
11448 so sexy.
11449
11450 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
11451 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
11452 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
11453 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
11454 patterns.
11455
11456 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
11457 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
11458 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
11459 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
11460
11461 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
11462 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
11463
11464 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
11465 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
11466 in systemd now.
11467
11468 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
11469 ID on the command line.
11470
11471 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
11472 for an init system.
11473
11474 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
11475 vt100.
11476
11477 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
11478
11479 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
11480 components now have directories of their own.
11481
11482 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
11483
11484 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
11485 container in other hierarchies.
11486
11487 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
11488 system.conf.
11489
11490 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
11491
11492 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
11493 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
11494
11495 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
11496 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
11497
11498 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
11499 locally generated journal files.
11500
11501 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
11502
11503 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
11504
11505 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
11506 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
11507 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
11508 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
11509 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
11510 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
11511 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
11512 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
11513 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
11514 Gundersen
11515
11516 CHANGES WITH 44:
11517
11518 * This is mostly a bugfix release
11519
11520 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
11521 KVM or container configured UUID.
11522
11523 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
11524
11525 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
11526
11527 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
11528 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
11529
11530 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
11531
11532 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
11533 folks
11534
11535 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
11536 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
11537 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
11538
11539 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
11540 configuration
11541
11542 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
11543 free fashion
11544
11545 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
11546 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
11547 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
11548 automatically generated data.
11549
11550 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
11551 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
11552 however.
11553
11554 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
11555 tarball.
11556
11557 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
11558 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
11559 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
11560 Reding
11561
11562 CHANGES WITH 43:
11563
11564 * This is mostly a bugfix release
11565
11566 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
11567
11568 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
11569
11570 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
11571 normal user logins.
11572
11573 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
11574 Biebl
11575
11576 CHANGES WITH 42:
11577
11578 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
11579
11580 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
11581 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
11582 xsltproc.
11583
11584 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
11585 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
11586 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
11587
11588 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
11589 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
11590 reboot can automatically be triggered.
11591
11592 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
11593
11594 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
11595 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
11596 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
11597
11598 CHANGES WITH 41:
11599
11600 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
11601 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
11602 package update.
11603
11604 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
11605 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
11606 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
11607
11608 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
11609 complete.
11610
11611 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
11612 understood to set system wide environment variables
11613 dynamically at boot.
11614
11615 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
11616
11617 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
11618 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
11619 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
11620 files.
11621
11622 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11623 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
11624 William Douglas
11625
11626 CHANGES WITH 40:
11627
11628 * This is mostly a bugfix release
11629
11630 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
11631 "Result" D-Bus property.
11632
11633 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
11634 the next few releases.)
11635
11636 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
11637 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
11638 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
11639 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
11640
11641 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
11642 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
11643 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
11644
11645 CHANGES WITH 39:
11646
11647 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
11648 bugfixes.
11649
11650 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
11651 resource usage.
11652
11653 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
11654 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
11655 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
11656 journals by the respective users.
11657
11658 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
11659 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
11660 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
11661
11662 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
11663 client for all entries.
11664
11665 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
11666
11667 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
11668 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
11669
11670 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
11671 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
11672 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
11673 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
11674
11675 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
11676 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
11677 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
11678
11679 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
11680 journal along with meta data.
11681
11682 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
11683 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
11684 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
11685
11686 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
11687 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
11688 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
11689
11690 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
11691
11692 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
11693 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
11694 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
11695 or fsck.
11696
11697 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
11698 requested with new -k switch.
11699
11700 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11701 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
11702
11703 CHANGES WITH 38:
11704
11705 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
11706 bugfixes.
11707
11708 * The git repository moved to:
11709 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
11710 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
11711
11712 * First release with the journal
11713 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
11714
11715 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
11716 systemd-stdout-bridge.
11717
11718 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
11719
11720 * Many systemadm clean-ups
11721
11722 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
11723 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
11724 remote mounts.
11725
11726 * Added Mageia support
11727
11728 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
11729
11730 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
11731 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
11732 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
11733 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
11734 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
11735
11736 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
11737 of existing distributions.
11738
11739 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
11740 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
11741
11742 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
11743 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
11744 boot.
11745
11746 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
11747
11748 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
11749 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
11750 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
11751 among other things.
11752
11753 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
11754 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
11755
11756 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
11757
11758 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
11759 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
11760 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
11761
11762 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
11763 restored.
11764
11765 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
11766 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
11767 kmod
11768
11769 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
11770 of /usr/local by default.
11771
11772 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
11773 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
11774 in:
11775 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
11776
11777 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
11778 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
11779 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
11780 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
11781 supported anyway, and bad style).
11782
11783 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
11784 reloading of units together.
11785
11786 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
11787 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
11788 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
11789 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
11790 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek